Annual Report (ESEF) • Apr 27, 2022
Preview not available for this file type.
Download Source File254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192019-12-31254900N95EUYYZZA5F192021-12-31254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember254900N95EUYYZZA5F192020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberiso4217:EURxbrli:sharesiso4217:EURxbrli:sharesiso4217:NOKxbrli:shares 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Annual report 11 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Highlights 3 Who we are 3 Strategic priorities and growth opportunities 7 Comments from the CEO 9 Our business 12 Integrated business model 12 RAW 14 Packaging & components 15 Insulation 16 Circular 17 Key partnerships 19 Sustainability report 20 Message from the Director of sustainability 21 BEWI’s approach to sustainability 22 BEWI’s impact on the environment and society 25 Circular economy 26 Climate change 31 Sustainable supply chains 36 Health and safety in production 39 Employee wellbeing 42 Corporate governance 44 Board of directors 44 Executive management 45 Corporate governance 51 Statement on remuneration 59 Board of directors’ report 61 Financial statements 75 The Group 76 Parent Company 124 Auditor’s report 135 Alternative Performance Measures 140 Appendix 143 Content 22 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Our vision Protecting people and goods for a better everyday Our mission To create value by oering sustainable solutions for packaging, components, and insulation in innovative and ecient ways. 33 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Who we are BEWI is a leading European provider of packaging, components, and insulation solutions. The company is diversied across geographies and end-user markets, oering a wide range of products and solutions from dierent materials. BEWI is not only committed to sustainability throughout its value chain, from production of raw materials and end goods to recycling but has an ambition to lead the change towards a circular economy for its industry. Since the outset in 1980 on the island Frøya o the coast of central Norway, the company has been ded- icated to creating value to its customers, the society, and owners. BEWI has developed into a classic “buy and build” company, completing a number of mergers and acquisitions over the years. The strategic priorities are to grow the company by strengthening its market positions, expanding into new geographical markets, broadening the product oering, and increase the group’s capacity for collec- tion and recycling. Net sales 748 EURm 463 EURm in 2020 Adjusted EBITDA 109 EURm 65 EURm in 2020 Taxonomy eligible revenues 49% Employees 2 097 1 438 in 2020 Male 72% Female 18% Facilities 41 44 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Diversified across markets own facilities across Europe, in addition to jointly owned facilities, enabling broad coverage and strong local presence. Close proximity to customers is, among others, critical to avoid high transportation costs, since a majority of the group’s downstream products are made from EPS, which is 98 per cent air. In addition, the diversication across geographies and end- user markets, works as a stabiliser for the group, as countries and industries are impacted by dierent challenges and market developments at dierent times. Facilities 2x Upstream facilities 33x Downstream facilities 6x Circular facilities 17x Jointly owned facilities Markets Strong market positions Attractive markets to explore or further expand into 55 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 More than years of history and a proven track record of successful M&A integration 66 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Strategic priorities Innovation BEWI shall innovate in search for more sustainable materials, products, solutions, and production processes, aiming at improving resource eciency and increase the use of recycled and non-fossil fuel based raw materials. BEWI’s R&D work leverages on the benets of the group’s vertical integration. A circular economy BEWI aims at being the most sustainable provider of packaging, components, and insulation solutions. By managing the entire value chain, BEWI is committed to lead the industry’s change towards a circular economy by closing the loop. Profitable growth BEWI shall continue to demonstrate protable growth through organic initiatives and M&A opportunities focusing on strengthening recycling operations, broadening the product oering, enabling geographic expansion, and further strengthening of market positions. 77 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Demonstrating profitable growth Since 2014, BEWI has completed close to 30 acquisitions, demonstrating protable growth, while at the same time substantially de-leveraging. For 2021, BEWI posted a revenue increase of 62 per cent, and almost doubled its EBITDA, both as a result of organic growth following strong demand, as well as several acquisitions completed in 2020 and 2021. The M&A strategy has been integral in forming the group, developing BEWI from a local producer of sh boxes at Frøya, to being a leading European provider of packaging, components, and insulation solutions in Europe. Since 2014, the group has had an integrated model, controlling its raw material production, and has focused on expanding to new markets, and at the same time continuously strengthening and diversifying its product oering. Adj. EBITDA (EURm) 11 31 52 65 109 No. of M&A transactions 3 5 3 6 8 Net debt / Adj. EBITDA excl. IFRS 16 4.2x 3.5x 2.3x 1.6x 1.2x 88 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Comments from the CEO Demonstrating strong and profitable growth, and a record-high number of value-adding transactions The year of 2021 was, like 2020, characterised by the covid-19 pandemic, as well as increasing raw material prices. Still, we managed to deliver 62 per cent growth on our top line, and almost doubling our EBITDA from 2020, mainly explained by continued strong demand in our markets. This is all thanks to the consistent hard work from our dedicated employees. Going into 2022, we have experienced stable or strong demand in our key markets, combined with some challenging conditions in our value chain, including lack of components, delay in logistics and transport, as well as cost ination. Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has increased the uncertainty in our markets, and further strengthened geopolitical tensions. 99 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Sustainability remains a cornerstone of our business Working to achieve a circular value chain and provid- ing customers with sustainable solutions have long been a key strategic priority for BEWI. From 2014, one of our tenets have been “Less is more”, committing us to continuously strive to create more for less, through innovations, and smart and reusable products. In 2018 we launched our commitment to lead the way towards a circular economy for our industry and formally established our circular business. Our current sustainability strategy was launched in March 2021, based on years of investments and com- mitments, and with this annual report, we publish our rst sustainability report with reference to the GRI standard. We have also started the work to map and dene our eligible activities according to the EU Taxonomy. We have come a long way, but as always, we look ahead for areas for further improvement. Throughout 2021, our circular business continued to expand, with the acquisition of Volker Gruppe, and the minority stake of Inoplast, in addition to the investments in advanced recycling technology in Canada and the new recycling hub in Stockholm. To mention a few. On top of this, we established a new nancing framework including a sustainability-linked bond of 250 million euro and a credit facility. Under the framework, we have committed to collecting 45000 tonnes of used EPS for recycling by the end of 2024, and 60000 tonnes by the end of 2026. For 2021, we almost reached 20000 tonnes. Volume growth in all segments and high M&A activity Protable growth is another of our key strategic pri- orities, including organic growth initiatives and M&A activities. Of our total growth in 2021, approximately two-thirds were organic, and one-third was driven by acquisitions. The organic growth was mainly explained by volume growth and signicant price increases in all segments. In addition, we completed two so-called greeneld projects during the year. Firstly, our new sh box facility at Senja, Norway, where we have a long-term supply agreement with SalMar, commenced opera- tions in the third quarter. Secondly, we completed our investments in a new production line at our facility in Norrköping, Sweden, increasing our production capacity of XPS. Going forward, we look forward to further progress on our planned new packaging hub at Jøsnøya, Norway. In 2021, we completed a total of eight acquisitions, all in line with our strategy. To mention some: • Honeycomb/ BEWI Cellpack: Danish paper pack- aging company, broadening our portfolio within protective packaging, oering our customers complementary and sustainable alternatives • IZOBLOK: Providing us with a leading position in the market for EPP components to the automotive industry in Europe, a position we intend to con- tinue to strengthen • Kemisol: Belgian insulation company, strengthen- ing our market position in the important Benelux region, while at the same time broadening our product portfolio Last, but not least, we received acceptance of our oer to acquire all shares in the packaging and insula- tion company Jackon Holding in October, introducing the most transformative transaction in our history. We strongly believe in the combination of our two companies, complementing each other well and being a good industrial match. The work to complete the transaction is progressing, although still subject to regulatory approvals. Backed by a strong organisation and a solid nancial platform, we expect our integrated and diversied business model to provide us with robust results, enabling us to continue to consolidate the industry and pursue attractive growth opportunities. 1010 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 So far this year, we have announced our acquisition of Trondhjems Eskefabrikk and our intention to acquire a Baltic insulation company, and our pipeline is lled with many more attractive M&A opportunities going forward. A strong foundation for further growth Looking back at the full year of 2021, I am once again proud to see the results delivered by our organisa- tion, and I would like to express my gratitude to each of our employees for their dedicated eorts. Going into 2022, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has been devastating to witness. The humanitarian crisis caused by the invasion has aected us all, and we share a deep concern for the Ukrainian population. Our thoughts are with all the people impacted by the war. We closely monitor the developments caused by this situation, including implemented and planned sanctions, as well as how the situation could aect our operations. We constantly work to ensure prepar- edness for various scenarios. We have launched an ambition to roughly double our revenues and more than double our EBITDA the next ve years, as well as improving our return on capital employed to approximately 20 per cent. Backed by a strong organisation and a solid nancial platform, we expect our integrated and diversied business model to provide us with robust results, enabling us to continue to consolidate the industry and pursue attractive growth opportunities. Set to continue growth journey next ve years >2x Adj. EBITDA Through organic growth and acquisitions by 2026 ~20% ROCE 1 Increase towards 20 per cent <2.5x NIBD/Adj. EBITDA Leverage target unchanged going forward 30-50% Dividend Of underlying net prot I would like to express my gratitude to each of our employees for their dedicated eorts. Christian Bekken, CEO BEWI ASA 1111 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Integrated business model enable robust earnings RAW Production of the raw materials expanded polystyrene (EPS), expanded polypropylene (EPP), extruded polystyrene (XPS), and BioFoam, made from organic materials Packaging & Components Manufacturing of standard and customised solutions for many industrial sectors, including food packaging, automotive components, and other technical components Insulation Manufacturing of an extensive range of solutions for insulation and infrastructure for the building and construction industry Circular Collection and recycling of used material, including initiatives to raise knowledge and awareness about recycling, and waste management. BEWI has an integrated business model, meaning that the group is integrated throughout the value chain. The group operates through four core business segments, including production of raw materials in the upstream segment RAW, manufacturing of end products and solutions in the downstream segments Insulation and Packaging & Components, and collection and recycling of used products in segment Circular. The integrated model has for many years provided the group with stable earnings, despite volatile raw material prices. In 2021, raw material prices increased signicantly during the spring, remaining at high levels throughout the year, resulting in strong margins in the group’s segment RAW, while the downstream segments had somewhat lower protability margins than for the previous year. 1212 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Extensive industry knowledge throughout the value chain Operating throughout the value chain provides BEWI with several benets, in addition to the stable earnings as mentioned above. BEWI’s R&D work is integrated in all parts of the value chain, and the company benets from enhanced innovation through knowledge sharing across segments and regions. This includes utilising industry experience to enhance commodity products, developing specialised products in close collaboration with customers and innovating new, integrated, and circular solutions. The integrated model is crucial, and a competitive advantage to BEWI, in becoming a circular company. 1313 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 RAW BEWI’s RAW segment develops and produces white and grey expanded polystyrene, known as EPS beads or Styrofoam, as well as an increasingly amount of various grades of recycled EPS. In addition, the segment produces the material called Biofoam, a fully bio-based particle foam. After expanding and extruding the beads, the material can be moulded or otherwise processed into several dierent end products and areas of application. BEWI produces raw material at two facilities: one in Porvoo in Finland, and one in Etten- Leur in the Netherlands. The total capacity is approximately 200000 tonnes, of which approximately 50 per cent of the raw material is sold externally, and the latter 50 per cent is sold to BEWI’s downstream facilities, also including facilities owned through minority interests. Innovation is prioritised in the segment, and RAW has a proven ability to develop new applications as well as designing new products. Further, the segment continuously works to develop materials with a potential long-term disruptive eect, such as the non-ammable building insulation material Xire®. 32% of total revenues 1 46% of total adj. EBITDA 2 1 Based on revenues from external customers 2 Based on total adj. EBITDA for operating segments 1414 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Packaging & Components Segment P&C develops and manufactures standard and customised packaging solutions and technical components for customers in many industrial sectors. The solutions are composed of a variety of materials, including EPS, expanded polypropylene (EPP), fabricated foam, carboard, ber (paper), as well as other materials, enabling a broad and complementary product oering. Examples include boxes and bags for transportation of fresh sh and other food, protective packaging for pharmaceuticals and electronics, and components for cars and heating systems. BEWI is one of the world’s largest suppliers of sh boxes to the salmon farming industry in Norway, the world’s largest exporter of fresh salmon, and to the industry for wild caught sh in Portugal. BEWI has 24 facilities in 7 countries producing P&C components. Also, the group has minority interests in 2 facilities in the UK. 39% of total revenues 1 35% of total adj. EBITDA 2 1 Based on revenues from external customers 2 Based on total adj. EBITDA for operating segments 1515 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Insulation BEWI’s insulation segment develops and manufactures an extensive range of products and solutions for the building and construction industry, including foundations, walls, roofs, and ceilings. The products, mainly composed of expanded polystyrene (EPS) and extruded polystyrene (XPS), are in active service all over society and contribute to a greater energy eciency due to its excellent insulation properties and light weight. Following the launch of GreenLine, a product line including various grades of recycled content, the interest and demand for more sustainable solutions has increased. The Benelux is BEWI’s most important market for insulation solutions, representing approximately 50 per cent of total sales. BEWI has 15 facilities in 7 countries producing insulation products. In addition, BEWI has minority interests in 6 facilities in France, 6 facilities in Germany and 1 in the UK. 26% of total revenues 1 18% of total adj. EBITDA 2 1 Based on revenues from external customers 2 Based on total adj. EBITDA for operating segments 1616 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Circular BEWI’s Circular segment is responsible for increasing the group’s collection and recycling of EPS, aiming at making BEWI a fully circular company. Circular oers dierent solutions for waste management and collection of used material, as well as oering a range of recycled materials. Since the establishment of the business unit in 2018, Circular has launched several initiatives, increasing the group’s recycling capacity to approximately 20000 tonnes, and a collection run-rate at year end of approximately 23000 tonnes. BEWI has announced an annual target of recycling 60000 tonnes of EPS. The number refers to approximately one third of BEWI’s annual production, which is the volume BEWI puts into the end markets with a lifetime less than one year. The other two-thirds of the volume are used in products with a lifetime of more than one year, i.e., bike helmets, car components, insulation in buildings and similar. 3% of total revenues 1 1% of total adj. EBITDA 2 1 Based on revenues from external customers 2 Based on total adj. EBITDA for operating segments 1717 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 BEWI serves a wide range of end markets Food The sh farming industry uses boxes made from expanded polystyrene (EPS) for transporting fresh sh in unbroken refrigeration chains. The boxes are light, watertight, and hygienic. EPS boxes are also used by the dairy and meat industries for packing and transportation. In addition to the EPS boxes, BEWI oers a wide range of other packaging products to the food industry, including reusable plastic boxes, cartons for sh and shrimps, bags from dierent materials, pallets and so on. Pharmaceutical EPS is a highly functional packaging material for pharmaceuticals. It keeps temperatures stable and is shock-absorbent. Automotive Vehicles carry a large amount of integrated technical components, many consisting of EPS and EPP. Components of these materials are capturing market share from other types of material since they are light and therefore entail less weight in the nal products. Infrastructure EPS plays an important role as lling material for road banks and insulation for concrete foundations. Its wide use is due partly to the fact that it makes roadbuilding more ecient, thanks to its light weight and the stability it provides. Residential housing Technical components made of EPS and EPP are integrated parts of products for heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC). Thermal insulation BEWI’s insulation products are manufactured primarily from EPS and XPS. The products are mainly used for foundations, walls and ceilings. ~50 000 tanks produced annually (by e.g., Nibe, Bosch and Enertech) contain BEWI’s insulating components. ~700 000 Volvo cars were produced in 2019, a large share of which contained BEWI´s components. More than 10 million sh boxes are produced annually, equal to ~1 billion meals 1818 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Key partnerships BEWI believes that progress towards a more sustainable future can be accelerated through partnerships. These are BEWIs key partnerships: The association for European Manufactures of Expanded Polystyrene (EUMEPS) The association for European Manufacturers of Expanded Polystyrene (EUMEPS) is the voice of the Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) industry. Representing 23 national associations in Europe, EUMEPS’ activities focus on two main market segments: Construction and Power Parts, including packaging and shape- moulded parts. The association is committed to promoting the benets of EPS products and have joined forces to reach the ambitious European recycling targets by 2025. European Plastic Pact BEWI was one of the rst signatures of the European Plastic Pact. The European Plastic Pact is a public-pri- vate coalition that forms a European network of companies, states, and other organisations. The aim of the pact is to set ambitious common objectives and to encourage cooperation, innovation, and harmonisation at the European level, to bring about a truly circular European plastics economy. The Pact works on all levels to reduce the release of plastics into the environment: by improving the recyclability and reusability of products by design, by shifting to a more responsible use of plastics, by increasing collection, sorting, and recycling, and by incorporating more recycled materials into new products and packaging. Operation Clean Sweep As a partner in the international Clean Sweep initia- tive, BEWI is part of promoting cleaner oceans. The purpose of Clean Sweep is to combat the release of plastic granulate from manufacturing into the environment. This initiative is part of the global Marine Litter Solutions initiative, which aims at improving the world’s marine environments. As a partner in Clean Sweep, BEWI is obligated to avoid spills of plastic granulate. The agreement includes regular audits. In practice, membership means that BEWI’s facilities in Denmark and Sweden organize the collection of plastic granulate in surface water, continually train personnel, and investigate the presence of waste in the facilities’ cisterns during the monthly safety checks. The PolyStyreneLoop Cooperative The PolyStyreneLoop Cooperative is set up to demonstrate the feasibility of a large-scale demo plant as a closed-loop solution for the recycling of polystyrene (PS), insulation foam waste and the recovery of bromine. The planned demonstration plant in Terneuzen, Netherlands, will work with the CreaSolv® Technology. The CreaSolv® Technology is a development of Fraunhofer Institute and CreaCycle GmbH. 1919 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Sustainability report A circular economy and an inclusive society ABOUT THIS REPORT This report has been prepared with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards (2021). The report covers material environmental, social, and economic impacts and the management approach of BEWI ASA (BEWI) for the calendar year 2021. The report aligns with the company’s nancial reporting period and represents BEWI’s Communication on Progress to demonstrate its commitment to the United Nations Global Compact. Companies where BEWI has a majority ownership stake are included within the scope of the report. Companies acquired during the course of 2021 are not included and will be included in 2022. This applies to the following companies: Honeycomb Cellpack A/S, Oasis Global II AS, North Pack ApS, Volker Gruppe, Desom Group, Kemisol Group and IZOBLOK S.A. Contact: Director of Sustainability Camilla Louise Bjerkli (PhD), [email protected] 2020 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Message from the Director of sustainability Urgent need for a transition towards a circular economy The latest report from the UN Climate Panel states that the next ve years will be critical to limit climate change to 1.5 degrees. It requires immidiate action from everyone, and the industry must implement a circular business model to reduce emissions. In March 2021, we launched BEWI’s sustainability strategy. The launch was a milestone, enabling us to measure our progress and take informed decisions. Witnessing the tremendous positivity all our employ- ees have showed to implement the strategy, is a good reminder of the importance of our actions and commitments. We see that governments are placing the circular economy at the heart of legislation. The European Union’s circular economy action plan is an example of the progressive policy agenda, and the plan will be instrumental in delivering the EUs ambitious goals to be climate neutral by 2050. Increasing circularity An important prerequisite for circularity is to make sure that the products we produce are resource ecient and recyclable and I am proud that 99 per cent of the products we produce at BEWI are recycla- ble. However, the majority of BEWIs GHG emissions comes from the use of fossil fuel raw materials. Increasing the share of recycled raw materials is the most eective action to reduce our emissions. If we reach our target of 50 per cent recycled content, we have the potential to reduce our GHG emissions with 52 per cent. In 2021, 11 per cent of our downstream raw material consumption was recycled and non-fos- sil fuel based. To increase the share of recycled raw materials, our main challenge is to get hold of the streams of used material. We are on track and have doubled our collection and recycling capacity com- pared to 2020. We are currently collecting 33 per cent of high turnover products supplied to the market annually. That’s at least a good start. Transition to non-fossil fuel energy The transition to non-fossil fuel energy sources remains a huge challenge since as much as 65 per cent of our energy sources comes from natural gas. However, we are proud to see that our production facilities in Sweden have increased their share of non-fossil fuel energy sources to 68 per cent, showing it is possible. The past year has also made it clear that our dependence on fossil fuels makes us vulnerable to price shocks and climate risks. An important next step is to explore technologies for energy eciency and non-fossil fuel energy solutions which will be crucial for us to reduce emissions, climate risks and to have stable and predictable energy costs. Sustainability in our supply chain 93 per cent of BEWI’s emissions stems from our supply chain, and an important work in 2021 has been to incorporate sustainability in our supply chain management. This will enhance the company’s ESG performance, reduce risks, mitigate future disrup- tions, and balance risk and resilience. Therefore, the introduction of our newly launched supply chain management system called BEWI partner is a mile- stone for us and will support our work to document and improve sustainability in our supply chain. We have started our journey towards a circular and inclusive society, continuously revising our plans and increasing our ambitions. In this report we set out what we have achieved in 2021 but also how we are positioned to further strengthen our work going forward. Camilla Louise Bjerkli, Director of sustainability 2121 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 BEWI’s approach to sustainability BEWI’s sustainability vision is a circular economy and an inclusive society. The company’s strategic approach to sustainability is based on three pillars that creates the foundation for the company’s work. Becoming circular The circular economy oers a framework to move towards a more sustainable production and consumption. For BEWI, this means to utilise resources as opti- mally as possible, focusing on reducing consumption, and to keep the value of products and materials in the loop for as long as possible. This, together with the transition to renewable energy sources, will ensure a more sustainable use of resources. Actively engage in partnerships A transition towards a circular economy requires a systematic shift, and funda- mentally rethinking the way we produce and use products. There is a need to build a coalition for action that is both diverse and inclusive. BEWI are commit- ted to engaging with their partners to increase the capacity and capability to build the necessary infrastructure and alliances to accelerate the transition to a more circular economy. Contribute to an inclusive society As a company BEWI has an important role to play in securing an inclusive society, by being a responsible employer, partner, and neighbour. BEWI can make a dierence for people and communities in the countries where they operate by tackling anti-corruption, upholding labour rights, and ensuring inclusive decision-making and community engagement. Becoming circular Contribute to an inclusive society Actively engage in partnerships 2222 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Commitments and progress BEWI’s sustainability strategy is the company’s roadmap towards a circular economy and an inclusive society. Working towards specic targets, BEWI is committed to delivering more circular solutions, reducing carbon emissions, providing innovative collection, and recycling solutions, and contributing to an inclusive society. Strategic pillars Strategic goal Our Key Performance Indicatiors Baseline 2020 Status 2021 Target 2030 Becoming circular To be lean % - recycled or non-fossil raw materials 4% 11% 50% % - non-fossil energy sources 20% 24% 50% % - non-fossil transportation 3% 6% 50% % - production facilities ISO 14001 certied 47% 50% 100% To keep % - recycable products 95% 99% 100% % - rawmaterial consumtion going to products for reuse 1% 1% 10% To close % - cut-o waste from production 2% 2% 0% % - waste sorted out for material recycling 35% 37% 80% % - collected materials 1 18% 33% 100% Actively engage in partnership Enhance policies and industry standards for circular solutions % - membership in industry association 100% 100% 100% Team up to create joint value % - suppliers meeting environmental requirements 2 - - 100% To increase knowledge and innovation to enable circular and inclusive societies No. - project supported 0 1 1 Contribute to inclusive societies Be a responsible employer % - employees with a development plan 40% 44% 100% No. - accidents 40 26 0 Be a responsible partner % - Suppliers meeting human and labour rights requirements 2 - - 100% No. - concerns of corruption or misconduct rised 0 0 0 Be a responsible neighbour % - production facilities with community engagement 45% 61% 100% No. - deviations from environmental managment systems 6 19 0 1 Collected materials measured against BEWIs target to collect 60 000 tonnes equal to annual high turnover products. 2 BEWIs supplier system BEWI Partner was launched in december 2021 and the screening of suppliers will be signicantly increased during 2022. 2323 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Management of sustainability The responsibility for the company’s sustainability performance lies with the board of directors and BEWI’s director of sustainability manages the group’s sustainability work and reports to the CFO. This report has been reviewed and approved by the board of directors. In 2021, BEWI launched its sustainability strategy with commitments towards 2030. To ensure imple- mentation, each business unit in BEWI has their own sustainability strategy with goals and action plans towards 2023. The managing directors for each unit are responsible for implementing the strategy and report to the director of sustainability and executive management group monthly. In 2022, sustainability criteria and KPIs will be included in the group’s remu- neration schemes. Coordinating sustainability To ensure implementation and progress towards the company’s commitments, BEWI established a sustainability group in 2021. The group consists of representatives from each business unit and holds monthly meetings. The group works closely to address relevant challenges and to share experiences. Sub-groups are established to handle topic specic challenges and opportunities for the company. In 2021, four working groups were established: health and safety, energy eciency and renewable technol- ogies, solid waste, and supply chain management. Sustainable supply chain management Vertical cooperation on sustainability issues in the value chain is pivotal to meet the group’s targets and realise its potential. In 2021, a supply chain manage- ment system called BEWI Partner was established, allowing for screening and monitoring of suppliers’ sustainability eorts and impacts. The system shall ensure that the group’s suppliers meet requirements and expectations related to sustainable and ethical business conduct. Governing documents BEWI’s policies and procedures informs how the group, and its business partners should conduct busi- ness. The board of directors’ monitors compliance with governing documents. Managing directors for each business unit ensure compliance with the gov- erning documents, applicable laws, and regulations. The board reviews the policies at least annually. BEWI’s governing documents are available on the company’s website and supplemented by other poli- cies adopted by the board of directors. All employees must read and sign the Code of Conduct as part of their mandatory onboarding process. Zero tolerance for corruption and bribery It is fundamental to BEWI to contribute to eective and fair competition in the society. BEWI is committed to always conduct business with a high standard of business ethics. The company’s anti-corruption policy describes its zero tolerance to bribery and corruption. In 2021, zero incidents of corruption were reported. Whistleblowing In 2021, BEWI implemented a whistleblowing system, enabling internal and external stakeholders to report suspicions of misconduct, such as serious incidents regarding accounting and auditing matters, bribery or other matters concerning BEWI’s vital interests on an anonymous basis. Zero concerns were received through the system in 2021. BEWI has a continuous priority on identifying any adverse impact. To enhance the organisations competency on ethical conduct, general managers has been given training by the General counsel of BEWI. In addition, the company launched an online training on anti-corruption in 2021, which will be repeated annually. All relevant employees, agents and consultants in the group must complete this course 1 , and BEWI is tracking the completion rate. In 2021, 216 (88 per cent) completed the course. To ensure continu- ous attention on suspicions misconduct each business unit is reporting on concerns raised monthly. BEWIs governing documents • Code of Conduct • Sustainability strategy • Procurement policy • Human resource policy • GDPR policy • Anti-corruption policy 1 Identied employees that must complete the course are senior leaders, country management teams, site managers, employees within sales, procurement, and nance (245 employees). 2424 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 BEWI’s impact on the environment and society BEWI’s activities inuence a diverse group of stakeholders and engagement with key stakeholders is essential to address critical issues and the management of risks and opportunities. Stakeholder engagement Engagement with stakeholders to understand their needs and expectations, is essential for determining BEWI’s sustainability priorities, identifying risks and opportunities and better meet stakeholders’ expectations. BEWI’s stakeholders The sustainability group has identied BEWI’s key stakeholders. The following stakeholder groups are key to help BEWI understand its environmental, social and economic impacts. Identifying BEWI’s material topics A materiality assessment helps BEWI identifying and prioritising material sustainability issues. Based on stakeholder dialogue, risk assessments, literature reviews and relevant standards, BEWI has identied material and strategic topics with reference to the GRI Standards (2016). For a more detailed description, see appendix 2. For this report, the materiality assessment has been adjusted to align with the updated GRI Materiality Standard (GRI 3, 2021). The list of material topics below includes actual and potential impacts BEWI has on the environment, society, and the economy. The signicance of the impacts is yet to be assessed, and BEWI plans to carry out a full materiality assess- ment according to GRI 3 in 2022. BEWI’s material topics: • Circular economy • Climate change • Supply chain managment • Health and safety at production facilities • Corruption Authorities Investors & creditors Suppliers Employees Customers & consumers Local communities NGOs The industry Media Research institutes 2525 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Circular economy The world’s resources are used almost twice as fast as they are being reproduced. This overconsumption of resources in a linear economy impacts our ecosystems through biodiversity loss, climate change, waste, resource scarcity and pollution. BEWI produces plastic-based products which are derived in part from non-renewable resources. In a linear economy, these products may contribute to resource scarcity, greenhouse gas emissions and if improperly handled after use, negative impacts on the environment. At the same time, BEWI’s products provide protection for goods, energy ecient insulation of houses and reduction of food waste. Adapting a circular economy is crucial if BEWI is to reduce its negative environmental impacts and circular economy is therefore central to the group’s business strategy. A circular economy is an industrial system that is restorative or regenerative by intention and design. It replaces the end-of-life concept with restoration, shifts towards the use of renewable energy, eliminates the use of toxic chemicals, which impair reuse and return to the biosphere, and aims for the elimination of waste through the superior design of materials, products, systems, and business models. Ellen MacArthur Foundation, 2013 2626 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Management of circular economy in BEWI BEWI aims to become the rst company to provide a closed loop value chain for EPS and have a target to collect and recycle the equivalent of annual high turnover product output. To improve resource eciency and increase circu- larity, BEWI’s sustainability strategy and approach to resource management is based on key principles of the circular economy. The company has clear targets and KPIs related to these key principles and all busi- ness units within BEWI report on these monthly. To be lean Resource eciency, making more out of less, using non-fossil fuel energy sources To keep Keeping the resource in the economy for as long as possible To close Ensuring that BEWI’s products are collected for material recycling Certied environmental management system To ensure that all production facilities are contribut- ing to the circular business model, BEWI is working to implement and certify its environmental manage- ment systems according to the ISO 14001 standard across all units by 2023. In 2021, 50 per cent of BEWI’s production facilities were certied according to the ISO 14001 standard. Operation Clean Sweep There is always a risk of spills of plastic pellets to the environment and waterways in BEWI’s production facilities that will eventually lead to the sea. To prevent this, BEWI has signed and implemented Operation Clean Sweep in all its production facilities to prevent the release of plastic granulate from manufacturing into the environment. BEWI’s work includes the collection of plastic granulates in surface water, cleaning routines, continually training of employees, weekly internal controls, and regular audits. Solid waste group BEWI aims to reduce solid waste generated by own operations and to sort 80 per cent to material recy- cling. In 2021, a solid waste group was established with representatives from all business units. The purpose of the group is to share best practice and identify opportunities for waste reduction as well as to increase the proportion of waste that goes to material recycling. To secure progress, business units report on solid waste generation and downstream solutions monthly. BEWI Circular BEWI provide a full collection and recycling service through its business unit BEWI Circular, who is responsible for increasing the group’s collection and recycling. BEWI Circular’s services range from simple collections to full recycling and waste management solutions. The unit is continuously working to increase collection and recycling capacity through investments and collaboration with customers and partners. BEWI has issued a sustainability-linked bond In August 2021, BEWI launched a new sustainable nance framework, including a ve-year senior unse- cured sustainability-linked bond tied to the collection of 45 000 tonnes of EPS to recycling by 2024 and 60 000 tonnes by 2026. BEWI has obtained a Second Party Opinion from Sustainalytics, including conrma- tion of alignment with the Green Bond Principles published by ICMA 2021 and the Green Loan Principles set out by APLMA, LMA and LSTA in 2021. 2727 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Results on circular economy To enhance circularity, BEWI works with resource eciency throughout its value chain. The aim is to build long-term resilience, create business and economic opportunities and provide solutions that benets the society and the environment. The gure illustrates BEWI’s resource streams and shows the degree of circularity in the company’s value chain. 1 Excluded external sold raw materials 2828 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 To be lean – consuming recycled and non-fossil fuel raw materials BEWI’s target is to have 50 per cent recycled and non-fossil fuel raw materials in their products by 2030. In 2021, BEWI RAW produced 192 058 tonnes of EPS, where 3 290 tonnes (1.7 per cent) were recycled raw materials. For BEWI’s downstream units, raw material consumption was 87 838 tonnes where 11 per cent was recycled and non-fossil fuel raw materials. This is an increase of 7 per centage points compared to 2020 and a result of continuous work throughout the company’s value chain. To keep – ensuring recyclability and reusability To keep its products in the economy for as long as possible is a central goal for BEWI. BEWI seeks to produce products designed for reuse and only produce products that are recyclable. In 2021, 99 per cent of the products BEWI supplied to the market were recyclable and the company is working to phase out the remaining products that are not suitable for material recycling. One example is the developement of the Nordic Eco Bag, that has replaced laminated solutions. In the same year, 1 250 tonnes raw materials went into products designed for reuse. This accounts for 1.4 per cent of the raw material consumption from BEWIs production facilities. BEWI works actively to increase this share and has a close dialogue with customers to look at possible solutions for reuse of their products. To close – minimising waste BEWI aims to have zero waste from its production by 2030. In 2021, BEWI had 10 155 tonnes (11.6 per cent) of cut-o from production. 9.8 per cent of this was recycled back into production and 1.7 per cent were dened as waste and sent to energy recovery. BEWI’s operation results in the production of various solid wastes. In 2021, BEWI produced 9 343 tonnes of solid wastes, where 13 per cent was sent to landll, 49 per cent to incineration with energy recovery and 38 per cent to material recycling. BEWI works to reduce waste by eliminating unnecessary packaging, to ensure that everything the company is consuming is 100 per cent recyclable and can be sorted out for recycling and to increase source separation at production facilities. For more detailed information about waste composition see appendix 4. In 2021, BEWI collected 19 730 tonnes of waste of which 11 875 tonnes of this was reprosessed for material recycling. This is a doubling compared to the volumes collected and recycled in 2020. Acquisitions and organic growth the last year have been important to ensure presence in new geographical locations as well as to secure volumes in the market. Priorities going forward BEWI’s main challenge is related to collection of materials for recycling. There are large waste streams that are not sorted and thus go to incineration or to landll. If the company is to increase the share of recycled raw material, it must increase the volume of waste collected for recycling. Going forward, acquisitions of new companies will be necessary to secure volumes, in addition to continuously working with customers and partners to ensure increased sorting and recycling. Chemical recycling is needed to ensure a circular plastic economy BEWI has entered partnerships with several actors in the market and one example is Polystyvert Inc., an innovative company focusing on circular economy for styrene through a dissolution recycling process. The company is based in Montreal in Canada, where it has a demo-site at which proof of concept studies for the technol- ogy has been successfully completed. 2929 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Developing circular packaging solutions together with customers BEWI aims to increase the proportion of products for reuse and is very proud to be able to oer Danfoss a more sustainable packaging solution. By replacing cardboard with Expanded Polypropylene (EPP) for packaging components, Danfoss has reduced its cardboard consumption by 29 tonnes annually at one production unit. The EPP boards are specially moulded to t the components they are to protect at the same time as they have a life expectancy of 10 years. This means that they can be reused countless times and thus we have together managed to put in place a packaging solution that reduces resource consumption and facilitates for increased reuse. We are incredibly proud of this and will continue to work with customers to put in place similar solutions. 3030 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Climate change BEWI’s operations are contributing to emissions of greenhouse gases, and the climate change poses both physical and transitional risks to the company. Stakeholders are requiring more granular information about emissions and how the company handles climate risks. BEWI aims for full transparency in their work with climate change. The Sixth Assessment Report from the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) is the most up-to-date understanding of the climate system and climate change. It concludes that increased greenhouse gas (GHG) concentrations are unequivocally caused by human activities, and it has detrimental consequences to ecosystems. In 2021, BEWI signicantly increased its eorts to address its climate impacts, gaining more insight about its climate risks and the company’s carbon footprint. 3131 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Managing emissions and climate related risks BEWI will reduce its emissions and climate related risks by adapting a circular economy, following a tran- sition to more non-fossil fuel energy sources – both of which are key elements in the company’s strategy towards 2030. The company target is for 50 per cent of the energy sources used to be non-fossil fuel, 50 per cent of all transportation to be renewable and 50 per cent of all raw material consumption to be either recycled or non-fossil fuel by 2030. GHG accounting in place Using data to measure and track Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions will enable BEWI to set goals, review measures and benchmark performance. BEWI is reporting its GHG emissions in accordance with the GHG protocol and is working continuously to improve the quality and expand the categories included in scope 3. A detailed description of the methodology and accounting can be read in appendix 5, 6 and 7. BEWI follows the TCFD recommendations In November 2021, BEWI carried out an assessment of its management of climate-related risks, applying the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework. BEWI is exposed to physical risks, particularly to ooding in continental Europe through the location of the production facilities and the com- pany’s suppliers. The main transitional risks identied are more stringent regulations on emissions and energy eciency. BEWI produces plastic products, which is a petroleum by-product. As the petroleum industry is faced with signicant regulations, this may result in more volatility in the market and increased prices on a key component of BEWI’s products. Energy group A large share of BEWI’s energy consumption is fossil fuel based (76 per cent) and the company aims for 50 per cent non-fossil fuel energy sources by 2030. This is a challenge for all production facilities in BEWI as the development in the global energy market is uncertain and available infrastructure varies in dierent geographical locations. To increase the company’s knowledge, an energy group has been established to map, explore, and pilot various technologies and solutions for energy eciency and non-fossil fuel energy sources. 3232 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Results on greenhouse gas emissions BEWI’s total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were 660 769 tonnes CO 2 e in 2021, where scope 1 and 2 accounted for 7 per cent and scope 3 for 93 per cent. Scope 1 GHG emissions BEWI’s GHG emissions from scope 1 includes the consumption of natural gas used to create steam to shape the company’s products. Scope 1 GHG emissions increased by 13 per cent from 2020 to 2021, where the main driver was the increase of gas consumption in all business units due to increased production volumes and the start-up of a new factory in Senja in Norway. Fossil fuel-based heat and energy generation stand for 91 per cent of the total scope 1 emissions and the remaining 9 per cent originated from other fuel consumption including the use of cars and vessels. Scope 2 GHG emissions The main source of scope 2 GHG emissions is steam purchased for some of BEWI’s facilities in Sweden and Finland and electricity consumption. Scope 2 GHG emission increased by 13 per cent from 2020 to 2021. The main driver being increased energy consumption due to increased production, ramp-up of production at a new facility in Norrkoping and increased produc- tion at extrusion sites in Portugal and Denmark. The share of non-fossil fuel energy consumed increased from 20 per cent to 24 per cent in 2021, due to increased consumption of wood chips at sites in Sweden. BEWI is reporting on market based scope 2 emissions, since all electricity purchased to cover BEWIs energy consumption in Denmark, Finland and the Netherlands is certied green electricity through guarantees of origin (GoO). Scope 3 GHG emissions BEWI’s largest environmental footprint lies in its supply chain, and accounts for 93 per cent of the company’s total GHG emissions. Purchased goods and services constitutes 95 per cent of the GHG emissions in scope 3. The largest share of emissions comes from the purchase of raw materials where styrene stands for 77 per cent of the emissions. 10 per cent of the emissions comes from purchased plastic packaging mainly from the company’s trading 3333 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 unit BEWI Food. The remaining from other purchased raw materials and products. BEWI’s estimates that GHG emissions can be reduced by 52 per cent by replacing virgin fossil fuel raw materials with recycled raw materials and there is therefore a signicant opportunity to reduce scope 3 emissions. Emissions from downstream and upstream transpor- tation is the second and third largest source for scope 3, accounting for 1.4 and 2.7 per cent of the GHG emissions. 6 per cent of the transportation is from non-fossil fuels which is an increase from 3 per cent in 2020. BEWI works continuously to reduce trans- portation by creating cleaner and leaner logistics, by optimizing routes, to ll vehicles more eciently and to transition to more fossil free alternatives. GHG emission intensity BEWI’s scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emission intensity based on turnover was reduced by 36 per cent from 2020 to 2021. A detailed description can be read in appendix 7. Priorities going forward In 2021, BEWI focused on gathering data and enhance competency about emissions and climate risks. The company’s management team realises that it needs a more ambitious and targeted plan to reduce emissions and adapt to climate related risks. BEWI aims to develop a low-carbon transition plan, as well as updating governing documents based on the group’s GHG accounting and TCFD assessment. BEWI further sets out to increase the quality and scope of greenhouse gas data collected. Increased collaboration with suppliers and especially raw material, packaging and trans- portation suppliers will be essential to this end. The aim is to provide a better overview of emissions and to make more informed decision when it comes to reducing the company’s greenhouse gas emission. 3434 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Reaching per cent renewable energy sources for facilities in Sweden BEWI has decreased its carbon emissions signicantly thanks to new energy sources at several production sites in Sweden. Neighbourhood cooperation BEWI’s production facility in Urshult is powered by wood chips supplied by a neighbouring sawmill. The wood chips are a residual product of the sawmill and provides the facility with a locally produced and renewable energy source. The short transport reduces the climate footprint further, and the burning of the chips result in excess heat that is sold to the district heating system. The burning of the chips is carefully monitored to prevent harmful gases. Run by steam The renewable energy used at BEWI’s facilities in Norrköping and Vårgårda comes from wood chip burning. Dierent local companies burn the wood chips, and the process creates steam that the sites use as an energy source. Transports are short due to local production, and no energy is wasted as only the required amount is delivered to the facilities. 3535 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Sustainable supply chains BEWI’s impacts reach beyond its own operations, and the company’s largest emissions lie in its supply chain. Robust supply chains are critical and BEWI is aware that working conditions and unethical business risks exist in some of the countries it sources from. BEWI sources products and services from over 2500 suppliers in Europe and Asia. Suppliers play a signif- icant role in reaching the company’s sustainability goals. BEWI has a signicant annual purchasing volume of around EUR 550 million 1 and sees this as an oppor- tunity to drive change and to increase sustainability standards in its value chain. Supply chain management BEWI believes that a trustful relationship with suppli- ers is key to mitigating negative impacts and seizing new opportunities. The company supports the principles recorded in the UN declaration on Human Rights and ensuring eective and fair competition in the society is fundamental to the company. Through the procurement strategy and guidelines, suppliers are selected based on alignment with the company’s vision and values as stated in the Code of Conduct, anti-corruption policy and sustainability strategy. BEWI has a central procurement function responsible for coordinating and supporting local business units. Procurement is managed in the business units, and each managing director is responsible for the imple- mentation of the policies adopted by BEWI in their organisation. 1 Approximately 25 per cent is inter-company sales 3636 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 BEWI Partner – supply chain management system All suppliers are to be screened and assessed in BEWI Partner, a newly launched supply chain management system aligned with the company’s procurement guidelines. This ensures that suppliers meet BEWI’s expectations and requirements for health and safety, environmental performance, corporate governance, and human rights. Further, it enables BEWI to docu- ment suppliers’ performance, the engagement with suppliers as well as the company’s activities to follow- up on supplier’s performance. To ensure progress, each business unit reports monthly the number of suppliers screened and the number of suppliers that are not meeting the company’s minimum requirements. Risk assessments Risk assessments of suppliers are done on an annual basis by the business units and are part of the quality management approach and ISO 9001 certication. In 2021, 30 suppliers were identied as high risk. The company seeks to mitigate these risks by using Word-Check, 1 through transparent and fair tender processes, pre-production audits and to engage with suppliers on a regular basis. Results for sustainable supply chain BEWI’s goal is that 100 per cent of their suppliers comply with the company’s sustainability standards when it comes to ethics, labour, and human rights and environment requirements. Supplier screening Implementing BEWI Partner had a high priority in 2021. The system was launched in December, and in the short time the platform was used, 50 of BEWI’s suppliers were screened and the screening will be signicantly increased across the value chain in 2022. In 2021, 0 suppliers were identied as having an actual or potential negative impact. Cooperating with suppliers to improve circularity and reduce GHG emissions BEWI’s largest environmental footprint lies in its supply chain and 98 per cent of the company’s scope 3 emissions stems from the purchased raw materials, plastic packaging, and transportation. During 2021, BEWI have collaborated more closely with suppliers to better understand their GHG emissions and ambitions. Topics that have been discussed with raw material and transportation suppliers are related to bio-based and recycled materials as well as the ability to provide supplier-specic GHG gures on raw materials deliv- ered to BEWI. Furthermore, BEWI Food has had a strong focus on mapping and collecting GHG data from their suppliers and to nding more sustainabile packaging solutions. One example is the replacement of PET and aluminium cups with bre-based wood solutions. Minimum social and environmental safeguards In 2021, BEWI conducted an initial assessment of minimum social and environmental safeguards. The assessment identied that the company needs a due diligence procedure for human rights, beyond what is included in the company’s Code of Conduct. There is also a need to include responsible supplier behaviour in the companys Code of Conduct, as well as to establish a management approach that ensures alignment of implementation and documentation within the group. Priorities going forward The launch of BEWI Partner was a signicant milestone in 2021. It paves the way for a systematic management of sustainability issues in the supply chain. Going forward BEWI will onboard the remaining suppliers in the system, and systematically include new suppli- ers. This will allow the company to monitoring performance and managing risks in its supply chain, including assessing the needs for audits. To ensure compliance with the Norwegian transparency law, BEWI will analyse existing policies, systems, and routines to ensure that the company meets both legal requirements and the actual methodology for due dili- gence assessments as dened by the OECD and the UNs guiding principles for business and human rights. Emphasis will also be given to increase collaboration with suppliers to improve the collection of GHG emission data from prod- ucts and services purchased by BEWI as well as increasing the demand for more circular and sustainable products and services. 1 A database of heightened risk individuals and organizations, used to help to identify and manage nancial, regulatory, and reputational risk. 3737 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 BEWI Partner – working together with suppliers to improve sustainability BEWI’s suppliers play a signicant role in reaching the company’s sustainability goals. BEWI Partner is a platform where suppliers ll out a questionnaire and document their policies, com- mitments and management approach regarding; business conduct, human and labour rights, health and safety, environment, and climate, quality, and food safety (for relevant suppliers). BEWI review the results and conrm the answers with the documentation provided by the suppliers. If the supplier does not live up to the company’s standards, BEWI will suggest improvements. In the case that the supplier doesn’t provide a plan, BEWI would need to nd optional suppliers. BEWI takes pride in its sustainability goals, where the supply chain plays a signicant role. BEWI Partner will therefore be prominent in the company’s long-term commitment to collaborate with its suppliers. BEWI wants to achieve a reduction in carbon emissions, and BEWI Partner will help the company to achieve that goal. The platform was implemented in December 2021, and will play a crucial role in the evaluation of suppli- ers in the years to come. 3838 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Health and safety in production Ensuring safe working condition is paramount in everything the company do. BEWI has a zero vision when it comes to health and safety, with focus on continuous improvements and high standards. BEWI has 41 production facilities in ten countries. Employees at the production sites are exposed to physical work-related risks of injuries and accidents. The main work-related hazards are related to the company’s chemical manufacturing EPS facilities in Porvoo, Finland, and Etten-Leur, the Netherlands, due to handling of chemicals and dangerous substances. Ensuring safe working condition to mitigate any risks of injuries in the company’s operations is therefore central to the company’s management. Management of health and safety BEWI’s target is for no people to be hurt or injured at its production facilities. BEWI’s Code of Conduct states that the company will never compromise on health and safety. The company works actively to ensure preventive actions are taken and safe working conditions are maintained in accordance with local laws and regulations. Emphasis is given to providing a working environment and culture where health and safety is integrated in the business and where employees actively engage in the work to achieve a healthy and safe working environment. The overall responsibility for health and safety lies with the board of directors, and they are informed about risks and incidents quarterly. The incident reports include number and nature of accidents, analysis of the root cause, and measures imple- mented to prevent it from happening again. The director of human resources manages health and safety issues daily and is responsible for implement- ing secure practises at all production facilities. Each business unit has a designated manager for health and safety which reports back to the director. In 2021, a health and safety group were established with country managers to share best-practice and streamline the management of health and safety issues. A survey was sent out to map existing prac- tices regarding management, as well as awareness of risks and company policies. The results from this survey will inform continued work on health and safety in BEWI going forward. ISO certied health and safety management system BEWI is working to implement and certify health and safety management systems according to ISO 9001 standard across all units by 2023. In 2021, 69 per cent of BEWI’s facilities were certied according to ISO 9001 standard. Specialised training and qualications In highly regulated working areas, such as the chemical manufacturing facilities, workers are oered specialised training programmes and processes for training certication. At regular production sites, introduction training programmes including health and safety training activities are conducted on a regular basis in line with local legislations or site-spe- cic standards. 3939 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Results for health and safety In 2021, BEWI had 26 accidents compared to 41 in 2020 with a loss of 270 working days compared to 359 in 2020. The most common accidents through- out the year were cuts, stitches or falling. Three accidents were caused by human failure in operation of machine with rotating parts. All accidents, regardless of the severity, were followed up with an analysis of root cause and implementation of preventative measures. Out of the 26 accidents in 2021 the main action taken has been to create further awareness by updating instructions, posting of photos and pictures as a mean to avoid future accidents. 2020 2021 Total no. of accidents 41 26 Frequency rate 1 0.01% 0.01% Severity rate 0.11% 0.06% No. of working days lost 359 270 1 Frequency is an abreviation for LostTime Injury Frequency (LTIF): Number LTI / (Net working days * average FTE) Severity = (Number of absent days) / (Net working days * average FTE) Priorities going forward A group-wide health and safety policy will be implemented during 2022 to clarify BEWI standards and expectations across the group. To further enhance its health and safety management system, BEWI is consid- ering implementing the ISO 45001 standard for safer work environments. 4040 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Safety needs daily focus and training The Porvoo facility in Finland is an example of what the company has accomplished to get the accidents down to zero. Constant monitoring Porvoo complies with EU legislation and the SEVESO III directive. The latter aims at preventing major accidents involving dangerous substances. Finnish national legislation on handling and storage of dangerous chemicals is also followed, which raises the safety level further. In addition to these laws, goals have been set regarding the environment, occupational health, safety, and quality. All sta are encouraged to develop these functions and perfor- mance is constantly monitored. Everything is reported Employees report the slightest deviation from safety standards, even on repeated minor safety notices to collect data. The safety notices are rated on severity which determines further actions. The Porvoo employees follow general safety notices, near misses, process disturbances, damages, personnel accidents, and environmental issues. In 2021, 400 small safety notices were collected, and investigations were launched for the ones with a higher safety rating. Closing in on zero During 2021, there were no rst-aid cases nor lost work time incidents among employees or contractors working at the facility. The Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) of 200000 working hours dropped below 1. This year, the toolbox talks on safety will be inten- sied and making safety walks is obligatory to all line managers in BEWI. 4141 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Employee wellbeing BEWI’s employees are the company’s most valuable resources and a key enabler for continuous growth and development. Creating a learning environment which recognizes the contribution of colleagues and providing development opportunities is a priority to BEWI. BEWI’s employees have varied backgrounds representing more than 50 nationalities that enriches the company’s culture and contribute to its success. In December 2021, BEWI had 1 806 full-time equivalents (FTEs) in 11 countries out of which 72 per cent men and 28 per cent women. 4242 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Human resource management in BEWI To sustain a competitive advantage and maintain healthy company culture, it is crucial to attract and retain people with the right values, competencies, and skills. The companys human resource policy sets out BEWI’s commitments to ensure workers wellbeing and development, and it applies to all entities in the group and is owned by the CEO. The policy stipulates employees’ rights to form or join a trade union, and the company’s respect for the rights of its employees and their trade unions to negotiate collective agreements. Managing directors in all countries are accountable to ensure that the group policy is implemented, and that local laws and regulations are followed. Any breaches are reported through the whistle-blowing system according to the whistleblowing guidelines (Read more here). There were no reported incidents in 2021. Equal opportunities BEWI provides equal opportunities irrespective of race, ethnical background, religion, nationality, gender, marital status, age, or sexual orientation. This applies to all employees, prospective employees, business partners and other stakeholders. BEWI has developed a contingency plan detailing its work for equality and against discrimination and harassment. Everyone working for BEWI, in particularly those in a management position, has a responsibility in their daily work to ensure compliance to these commitments. In 2021, no cases regarding equal opportunities or harassment were reported. Employee satisfaction and development In 2021, BEWI piloted an employee engagement survey called BE Heard in Sweden, which will be expanded to the rest of the group throughout 2022. The survey will be an important tool to monitor employee’s well-being and engagement going forward. The survey will be performed every year to secure agreed activities. The results from Sweden show an organization in which employees are empowered and able to take decisions in their work with good collaboration within teams, highly engaged leaders with good understanding of overall goals. Improvement areas going forward will be to further clarify overall goals throughout the organiza- tion and strengthening our internal communication. Most learnings and competence development happen through “on-the-job training”. BEWI’s goal is to ensure that 100 per cent of the company’s employees has a development plan and annual reviews are performed with all employees, in which performance and competence development are to be discussed and planned. In 2021, all employees had an annual review and 44 per cent of BEWIs employ- ees had a development plan in place. BEWI leadership program BEWI Business School was launched in 2020 as a tool to facilitate people and leadership development internally, ensuring that employees are growing with the pace of the business. The rst programme launched, Growth 2020, is focusing on preparing employees to take the next step in their career together with BEWI. The programme includes 20 employees who are coming from most of the coun- tries in which BEWI operates. Due to covid-19 and the travel restrictions, the programme was re-designed to start as a digital training and will be launched as classroom training in the second quarter of 2022. The Senior Leadership program that has been planned for has been postponed and is expected to be launched in the third quarter of 2022. 50 nationalities 2 097 employees 44% have a development plan 72% male 28% female 4343 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Board of directors Gunnar Syvertsen Kristina Schauman Stig Waernes Anne-Lise Aukner Rik Dobbelaere Position Chair of the Board Director/Partner Calea AB Director/Partner BEWI Invest AS Director Director Born 1954 1965 1968 1956 1954 Nationality Norwegian Swedish Norwegian Norwegian Belgian Elected 2014 (Chair of BEWI ASA since 2018) 2016 2020 2020 2021 Education M.Sc. Engineering M.Sc. Business Administration, Stockholm School of Economics. Degree in auditing and accounting from NTNU business school. Law degree from the University of Oslo. M.Sc. Engineering and MBA from Catholic University in Leuven, Belgium. Professional background CEO Heidelberg Cement Northern Europe AB, Managing Director Heidelberg Cement Norway AS, Managing Director Norcem AS, executive positions in Heidelberg Cement AG in Africa and the US. CFO OMX AB, Carnegie Investment Bank and Apoteket AB. Senior positions at Investor AB, ABB and Stora Enso. Regional managing partner and deputy chairman of BDO AS, chairman and managing partner of Inter Revisjon/Praxity (int). Extensive experience from auditing, advisory and various directorships. Managing director and CEO of Nexans Norway and CEO of Nexans Sweden. Long experience in management of technology and knowledge-based companies and management of industrial companies. CEO of BEWI ASA from 2018 to 2020, and CEO of Synbra Holding B.V. prior to the merger with BEWI. Senior positions in global industry companies, including Bombardier, and Raychem Corporation. Other selected directorships Chairman BEWI Invest AS, and various directorships and management positions within the BEWI group Board member of BillerudKorsnäs AB, AFRY AB, Coor Service Management Holding AB, DanAds International AB, Vionlabs AB, REEDA Capital Management AB, Ellos Group Holding AB, and Nordic Entertainment Group AB. Board member of Bekken Invest AS, BEWI Invest AS, KMC Properties ASA, Måsøval Eiendom AS, Nardo Bil gruppen AS, and chairman of the board of Frøya Investment AS, and Matpartner AS. Chairman of the board in Fontenehuset Ullensaker and board member of Aukner Holding AS. Board member of Jablite Group Ltd and its subsidiaries. Shares per 31.12.21 317559 1 193452 - - 98 497 1 Gunnar is the chairman of BEWI Invest AS, an investment company controlled by the Bekken family, owning 97 642 450 shares on 31 December 2021, including shares held by EBE Eiendom and shares held on a forward contract. 4444 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Executive management Christian Bekken Marie Danielsson Jonas Siljeskär Position Chief Executive Ocer (CEO) Chief Financial Ocer Chief Operating Ocer Born 1982 1975 1972 Nationality Norwegian Swedish Swedish Employed 2002 2015 2010 Education Upper secondary general, nancial, and adminis- trative programmes. M.SC. Business Administration, Stockholm University. Engineer, Dalarna University. Professional background Various positions with production and sales at BEWI, CEO Smart Bolig. Auditor KPMG, Vice President Financial Control and Taxes, Haldex AB. Managing Director BEWiSynbra RAW; Chief Operating Ocer Gustafs Inredningar, Shares per 31.12.21 5 952 1 185 452 124 126 Options per 31.12.21 250 000 250 000 250 000 1 Christian Bekken is a member of the Bekken family. In addition to the 5 952 shares held privately, BEWI Invest AS, an investment company controlled by the Bekken family, held 97 642 450 shares on 31 December 2021, including shares held by EBE Eiendom and shares held on a forward contract. 4545 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Risks and risk management BEWI ASA is a Norwegian public limited company listed on the Euronext Oslo Børs (Oslo Stock Exchange). The company is subject to the Norwegian Accounting Act, whereas section 3-3 sets out the required content of the company’s annual nancial statements, including a description of the company’s major risks and uncertainty factors. The governance of BEWI is based on the company’s articles of association, applicable laws, and regulations as well as internal steering documents. BEWI denes risk as something that could negatively impact its eectiveness. Though risk is a natural part of business operations, it can be managed, and it is the responsibility of group management to ensure that risks are identied and managed. BEWI’s overall objective of risk management is to ensure a systematic method for identifying risks and for ensuring their management at an early stage. Moreover, the objective is to make risk management a natural part of daily operations by creating a culture of awareness among all employees, and knowledge of how to manage risks to achieve the company’s business objectives. The risks described are relevant for the BEWI group (BEWI or the group), comprising BEWI ASA (the parent company) and all subsidiaries and associated companies. Operational risks Market and forecasts The demand for BEWI’s products and solutions is linked to the market conditions for the building and con- struction industry, as well as market conditions in general. The risk of a recession in one or more of BEWI’s end markets is balanced by the group’s healthy distribution of customers in various end markets (e.g., construction, food, medical and automotive) and geographical regions. BEWI has a detailed forecasting process, enabling the group to con- tinuously adapt and adjust its capacity to the demand in each of its markets, securing protable and competitive operations. This is done by monitoring market trends and cultivating close rela- tionships with customers to increase knowledge of their forecasts and expectations. BEWI also obtains information on changes in the market through relevant memberships in European industry organizations. 4646 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Customers and competition BEWI’s operations are conducted in competitive industries. By using product development, improved production methods and accessibility as well as oering competitive prices, BEWI can get cus- tomers to choose its products over its competitors. BEWI’s customer relations are characterised by a long-term perspective in which shared development work for customized design, adaptation to customers’ production processes and a functional storage and logistics ow are in focus. BEWI conducts development work that will create and add value through the development of new materials, applications, and design, targeting a continuously relevant and sustainable product portfolio. Focusing on all cost aspects in the production and distribution chain, BEWI strives to be the most cost-eective collaborating partner for its customers. BEWI invests in, and continuously reviews its internal pro- cesses to be as cost-eective as possible at all stages. Geographical proximity to customers yields better accessibility and lower distribution costs. Raw material prices and purchasing Styrene is a crucial raw material to BEWI. Volatility in styrene prices is a risk factor. Supply and demand govern prices on the world market. Raw material is traded on the global market, and price changes will in most cases also aect BEWI’s competitors so that desirable margins (GAP) can be maintained. To fend o price volatility, BEWI works with several suppliers, contract models, purchasing strategies and individually tailored customer agree- ments throughout the value chain. Production capacity Breakdowns or losses in production entail a risk of being unable to deliver. BEWI balances the risk of not being able to continue delivery in the event of breakdowns in production through redundancy and the possibility of increased capacity in its facilities. The group also collaborates closely with other suppliers on purchasing goods or to let out production if needed. For strategic products and customers, special risk manuals and routines for managing production eorts have been developed. In addition to this, the group has insurance covering potential addi- tional costs and losses in production. Production quality Delivering faulty quality can cause negative repercussions for customers or damage BEWI’s reputation. The risk of delivering faulty quality over time – or to specic projects – that causes negative repercussions for customers, nes, or damage to BEWI’s reputation is managed through working with ISO 9001, which ensures continuity in processes, as well as quality checks, a lean pro- duction philosophy and the necessary insurance policies. There is also an integrated monitoring system, in the event of devia- tions, that identies causes and preventive measures. Development, R&D Requirements from customers and legislators for increased functionality and more environmentally friendly solutions, lead to new requirements for BEWI’s products. The market has a continued need for new intelligent materials, prod- ucts, and solutions at competitive prices. As a producer, meeting new legal requirements concerning the environment is also important. To meet customers’ expectations and future legal requirements, BEWI works to have a relevant and innovative product portfolio. BEWI is a member of both local and European industry organizations for advice concerning materials and legal requirements. 4747 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Information and IT systems BEWI relies on IT systems for its operations. Disruptions or faults in critical systems might have a direct impact on production and other important business processes. Errors in nancial systems risk aecting the group’s reporting of results. BEWI’s management model for IT is structured based on governance, standardized IT processes and security. Continuous work is performed to move away from traditional and customized on-premises solutions to modern standardized and unied solutions to reduce risk. Acquisitions and integration Integration of newly acquired busi- nesses entails a stress on existing operations. Rapid growth through business acquisitions can entail a risk that the integration processes become more costly or take longer than estimated, and that expected synergies either wholly or in part do not occur. Rapid growth can also be a stress on existing operations, in which relationships with customers, suppliers and key persons are negatively aected. BEWI is well equipped for successful integration through the experi- ence with acquisitions and works on integrating newly acquired units through dedicated project groups separated from daily operations. Legal risks Legislation Legal risks comprise a number of risks in various areas, e.g. changes to regulations, violations of law in the operations, compliance risk and errors in any agreements signed by BEWI. BEWI takes preventive measures through its governance structures and continously observes the rules and regulations in each of its markets. BEWI works to adapt its products and operations to future changes, and monitors legal risks that arise in cooperation with external advisers if deemed necessary. 4848 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Sustainability-related risks Environment There is a risk that BEWI’s operations can have an environmental impact on the air, the soil, or the water. To ensure the compliance of various laws and regulations from gov- ernment authorities as well as the group itself, all production facilities conduct a risk assessment to identify the risk of unforeseen, undesirable events or accidents that can have a consequence for the external environment. All production facilities systematically work to reduce these risks, including implementation of several processes to identify, monitor, measure, analyze and register environmental risks to the environment. The results of these activities are the basis for the work to address and evaluate possible mitigation measures to improve routines and reduce the group’s environmental impact. Climate BEWI is exposed to physical climate risks, particularly to ooding in continental Europe through the location of the production facilities and the group’s suppliers. The main transitional risks identied are more stringent regulations on emissions and energy eciency. BEWI produces plastic products, which is a petro- leum by-product. As the petroleum industry is faced with signicant regulations, this may result in more volatility in the market and increased prices on a key component of BEWI’s products. To mitigate climate risks, BEWI is collecting data for their GHG emissions and works to integrate the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework. Both GHG accounting and the TCFD framework will inform governing documents and procedures going forward. Health and safety There is a risk for accidents and injuries in BEWI’s operation. As an employer BEWI conducts risk assessments of the conditions that may involve a risk of the health to employees, and implement measures to remove or reduce risk factors as far as possible. BEWI has a zero vision when it comes to health and safety. BEWI works preventively and systematically to prevent health ailments, injuries and near misses, and are continuously working to follow-up performance through regular measurements and evaluations. All deviations, incidents and near-misses are reported and are the basis for continuous improvements. Risk assess- ments are used to identify hazards requiring a special attention. BEWI actively works to nd green substitutes and to consider whether processes and resources can be changed to improve the group’s HSE prole. Moreover, BEWI oers training with active participation of employees to establish good routines to prevent employees against incidents at work with possible hazards. Employees are familiar with the requirements and have been introduced to BEWI’s HSE policies and shall comply with internal safety rules and instructions. Employees Attracting skilled personnel and retaining key individuals is of crucial importance to BEWI’s success. BEWI manages the risk of being unable to recruit qualied labour by striving for a good work environment and internal competence devel- opment, as well as taking responsibility for training new employees. In addition, the group works actively to market the group as an attractive employer. BEWI has a group sta function for human resources (HR), including an HR Director responsible for group culture, values and pro- cesses to secure management development and succession planning. 4949 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Human rights There is always a risk of discrimination against human rights and that labor legislation is not complied with. In BEWI’s case, the risk of human rights violations is greatest in the supplier chain. BEWI conduct human rights due diligence through the supplier management system called BEWI partner. The management system is guided by international standards including OECD Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Business Conduct and the UN Guiding Principles on Human Rights and industry practice. BEWI regularly assess ESG risks within its supply chain and seek to mitigate these risks through the supplier development programme, transparent and fair tender processes, robust contracting, and pre-production audits. In addition, risk assessment is done annually to identify and follow-up high risk suppliers. Unethical behavior There is always a risk that employees are involved in unethical behavior such as bribes, corruption, or fraud. BEWI’s Code of Conduct sets out the essential requirements for ethical business conduct within the group and it is fundamental to BEWI to contribute to eective and fair competition in the society. BEWIs anti-corruption policy describes its zero tolerance to bribery and cor- ruption and BEWIs whistleblowing system enables internal and external stakeholders to report suspicions of misconduct. To enhance the organisations competency on ethical conduct, general managers have been given training on anti-corruption and the groups gift and event policy. The training will be conducted annually. 5050 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Corporate governance in BEWI ASA BEWI aims to maintain a high standard of corporate governance. Good corporate governance strengthens the condence in the company and contributes to long- term value creation by regulating the division of roles and responsibilities between shareholders, the board of directors and executive management. Corporate governance at BEWI shall be based on the following main principles: • All shareholders shall be treated equally • BEWI shall maintain open, honest, relevant, and reliable communication with its stakeholders about the company’s activities • BEWI’s board of directors shall be autonomous and independent of the company’s management • BEWI shall have a clear division of roles and respon- sibilities between shareholders, the board and management 1. Implementation and reporting on corporate governance Compliance and regulations The board of directors (the board) of BEWI ASA (the company) has the overall responsibility for ensuring that the company has a high standard of corporate governance. The board has adopted corporate gov- ernance principles for the company, latest revised on 3 June 2021. In addition, the board has implemented two comprehensive policy documents related to corporate governance: (1) Policy on handling of inside information and other disclosure obligations, revised on 9 December 2021, and (2) Information policy, revised on 3 June 2021. The Information policy describes the company’s spokespeople, including regulating the interaction between the shareholders, the board, and the Chief Executive Ocer (the CEO). The policy is based on the Norwegian Code of Practice (the Code) for Corporate Governance issued by the Norwegian Corporate Governance Board (NCGB). The objective of the Code is that companies listed on regulated markets in Norway will practice corporate governance that regulates the division of roles between shareholders, the board and executive management more comprehensively than is required by legislation. The board and executive management perform an annual assessment of its principles for corporate governance. BEWI ASA is a Norwegian public limited company listed on the Oslo Børs (Oslo Stock Exchange). The company is subject to section 3-3b of the Norwegian Accounting Act, which requires the company to disclose certain corporate governance related information annually. In addition, the Issuers Rules of Oslo Børs, covered by the Oslo Rulebook II chapter 4.5 requires listed companies to publish an annual statement of its principles and practices with respect to corporate governance, covering every section of the Code. Oslo Børs also sets out an overview of information required to be included in the statement. The Norwegian Accounting Act is available at www. lovdata.no (in Norwegian), while the Issuers Rules is available at www.oslobors.no. BEWI always seeks to comply with the latest version of the Code. The current Code was adopted on 14 October 2021 and is available at www.nues.no/ english. Application of the Code is based on the ‘comply or explain’ principle, which means that the company must provide an explanation if it has chosen an alternative approach to specic recom- mendations. BEWI provides an annual statement of its adherence to corporate governance. Deviations from the Code: None 5151 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Governance structure Norway Legal Benelux Procurement Denmark M&A RAW IT Sweden Sustainability Portugal Human resources Finland IR and Communications Chief executive ocer (CEO) Board of directorsAudit committee Remuneration committee General meeting Nomination committee Chief nancial ocer (CFO) Chief operating ocer (COO) Circular Business units Group functions Group management Executive management Shareholders 5252 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2. Business activity BEWI is a provider of packaging, components, and insulation solutions. The operations of BEWI shall comply with the busi- ness objective set forth in the company’s articles of association. The company’s business objective is set out in its Articles of Association section 3 as: “The company’s objective is to directly or indirectly conduct production, marketing and sales of cus- tomer tailor made packaging solutions and insulation materials and to conduct other business compatible therewith and to conduct services within the company group mainly within administration and nance.” The board has dened clear objectives and strategic priorities for the company, including both long-term nancial targets and sustainability targets, to ensure value creation for the shareholders and other stake- holders. The objectives are evaluated annually. In March 2021, BEWI launched a sustainability strategy, including clearly dened ambitions for the group leading towards 2030. The board of BEWI has adopted a Code of Conduct for the company, a key governing document setting out important principles for the company’s ethical conduct of its business. The principles are used to integrate considerations to human rights, employee rights and social matters, the external environment and anti-corruption eorts. Further, the group has established a separate policy on anti-corruption, and whistleblowing guidelines. Vision, Mission, and core values In 2020, BEWI adopted a new Vision for its business: “Protecting people and goods for a better everyday.” The group’s Mission is “To create value for customers by oering sustainable packaging, components and insulation solutions in innovative and ecient ways, and lead the change towards a circular economy.” In addition to the Code of Conduct setting out key principles for ethical business conduct, BEWI’s core values are guiding stones: • Responsible • Proud • Stable • Focus on quality Deviations from the Code: None 3. Equity and dividends Capital structure The board is committed to maintain a satisfactory capital structure for the company according to the company’s goals, strategy, and risk prole, thereby ensuring that there is an appropriate balance between equity and other sources of nancing. The board will continuously assess the company’s capital requirements related to the company’s strategy and risk prole. On 30 September 2021, BEWI hosted a Capital Markets Update, and launched its updated nancial targets and ambitions as follows: • Double revenues and more than double adjusted EBITDA • Leverage of NIBD/ EBITDA below 2.5x (LTM excl. IFRS 16) • Dividend pay-out policy of 30-50 per cent of net prot • Increase Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) towards 20 per cent by 2026 Dividends The board of BEWI has established a dividend policy where the long-term policy is to pay out between 30 and 50 per cent of the company’s underlying net prot after tax as dividends. When deciding on the annual dividend, the board will consider the compa- ny’s nancial position, investment plans as well as the needed nancial exibility for strategic growth. In 2021, BEWI distributed dividends of NOK 0.42 per share based on the annual accounts for 2020. For the nancial year of 2021, the board proposes to the annual general meeting to distribute dividends of NOK 1.10 per share. Board authorisations Authorisations to the board to increase the share capital or to buy own shares will normally not be given for periods longer than until the next annual general meeting (AGM) of the company. As of 31 December 2021, the board of BEWI had three authorisations: 1. Authorisation to increase the share capital by up to NOK 31095602 to strengthen the equity of the company, nance future growth, acquisitions, and other purposes. 2. Authorisation to increase the share capital by up to NOK 4318310 in connection with the company’s option program and share program 3. Authorisation to acquire own shares up to a nominal value of 15547801 (equal to 10 per cent of the company’s share capital at the time of the authorisation). The shares shall either be cancelled, included in the company’s incentive programme, be used for investment or as settlement in acqui- sitions. 5353 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 All authorisations are valid until the annual general meeting in 2022, however expiring on 30 June 2022 at the latest. Deviations from the Code: None. 4. Equal treatment of shareholders and transactions with close associates In the event of capital increases based on author- isations issued by the general meeting, where the existing shareholders’ rights will be waived, the reason for this will be provided in a public announce- ment in connection with the capital increase. Any transactions, agreements or arrangements between the company and its shareholders, members of the board, members of the executive management team or close associates of any such parties will comply with the procedures set out in the Norwegian Public Limited Liability Companies Act. Trading own shares Any transactions the company carries out in its own shares will be carried out through the stock exchange, and in any case at prevailing stock exchange prices. If there is limited liquidity in the company’s shares, BEWI will consider other ways to ensure equal treatment of its shareholders. The board shall arrange for a valuation to be obtained from an independent third party unless the transaction, agreement or arrangement in question is considered immaterial. Board members and members of the executive management team shall immediately notify the board if they have any material direct or indirect interest in any transaction entered by the company. Deviations from the Code: None 5. Shares and negotiability BEWI has only one class of shares and all shares have equal rights. Each share has a face value of NOK 1.00 and carries one vote. The company emphasise equal treatment of its shareholders and the shares are freely transferable. 6. General meetings BEWI’s highest decision-making body is the general meeting of shareholders. All shareholders have the right to participate in the general meetings of the company. Article 7 of the company’s articles of associations sets out the main principles of the company’s general meeting, including where the meetings should be held and matters to be dealt with. The article also sets out that documents relating to matters to be dealt with, including documents which by law shall be included in or attached to the notice of the general meeting, do not need to be sent to the shareholders if such documents have been made available on the company’s website. A shareholder may nevertheless request that documents relating to matters to be dealt with at the general meeting, is sent to him or her. Shareholders who wish to participate in a general meeting, shall notify the company of this within a deadline which is set out in the notice of the general meeting, and which cannot expire earlier than three days prior to the meeting. The shareholders may cast their votes in writing, including through electronic communication, in a period prior to the general meeting. The right to par- ticipate and vote at the general meeting may only be exercised when the acquisition is entered in the VPS the fth business day before the general meeting. The full notice for general meetings shall be sent to the shareholders no later than 21 days prior to the meeting. The board will ensure that the notice includes information about resolutions and that supporting information is suciently detailed to allow shareholders to form a view on all matters to be considered at the meeting. Notices shall provide information on procedures that shareholders shall observe to participate in and vote at the general meeting. The notice should also set out: (i) the procedure for representation at the meeting through a proxy, including a form to appoint a proxy, and (ii) the right for shareholders to propose resolutions in respect of matters to be dealt with by the general meeting. The form for the appointment of a proxy should also be designed to make voting on each individual matter possible. The annual general meeting (AGM) is held each year no later than six months after expiry of the preceding nancial year. The board and the company’s auditor shall be present at the AGM. General meetings are opened by the chair of the board, or the person appointed by the board. The board proposes a person to chair the meeting. In 2022, the AGM is scheduled to be held on 2 June 2022. Deviations from the Code: None 7. Nomination committee Article 8 of the company’s articles of association stipulates that the company shall have a nomination committee, consisting of two to four members, where the majority of the members shall be independent of the board and management. The 5454 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 members of the nomination committee, including the chairperson, will be elected by the general meeting for a term of two years unless the general meeting decides otherwise in connection with the election. The nomination committee gives recommenda- tions to the general meeting for the election of shareholder elected members to the board and the chairperson of the board, as well as to members of the nomination committee. The nomination commit- tee also presents to the general meeting proposals for remuneration to the board and to the nomination committee. When proposing candidates for election to the board, the committee should consider that the board should be composed in such a way as to maintain the interests of the shareholders and the company’s need for competence and diversity, and that the board should function well as a collegiate body. Also, the committee should consider that the directors of the board should be independent of the executive management and any signicant business partners, that at least two of the directors should be independ- ent of the company’s principal shareholder. The extraordinary general meeting of BEWI ASA on 21 August 2020, which was held prior to the compa- ny’s listing at the Oslo Børs, elected Liv Malvik as chair for the nomination committee, and Gunnar Syvertsen and Roar Husby as members. The same meeting approved instructions for the nomination committee. On 16 February 2022, BEWI held an extraordinary general meeting which resolved the committee’s composition to be amended so that the chair of the board of directors, Gunnar Syvertsen, no longer is a member of the nomination committee to secure independence and impartiality of the board. At the same meeting, Liv Malvik was re-elected as chair and Roar Husby was re-elected as member of the committee for the period until the annual general meeting of 2024. Deviations from the Code: None 8. Board of directors: composition and independence Composition of the board According to article 5 of the BEWI’s articles of associations, the board of directors shall consist of a minimum of three and a maximum of eight board members elected by the general meeting for a period of two years, unless otherwise is decided by the general meeting in connection with the election. The general meeting elects the chair of the board. The Public Limited Companies Act states that when the board has between four and ve members, both sexes should be represented by at least two members. As of 31 December 2021, the Board of BEWI ASA consists of ve members, whereof two are female. In appointing members to the board, it is emphasised that the board shall have the requisite competency to independently evaluate the cases presented by the executive management team as well as the compa- ny’s operations. It is also considered important that the board can function well as a body of colleagues. Board members shall be elected for periods not exceeding two years at a time, with the possibility of re-election. Board members shall be encouraged to own shares in the company. An overview of the board members competence and background is included in a separate section of this annual report and is also available from the compa- ny’s website www.bewi.com. Independence of the board BEWI’s board should be composed such that it is able to act in the interests of all shareholders and act independently of any special interests. All the board members of BEWI are deemed to be independent of the company’s material business associates and all the board members are independent of the com- pany’s senior executives. Two of the members are independent of the company’s major shareholders. Deviations from the Code: None 9. The work of the board of directors The board shall ensure that the company has proper management with clear internal distribution of responsibilities and duties. A clear division of work has been established between the board and the executive management team. The CEO is responsible for the executive management of the company. Instructions to the board of directors and the CEO were last revised and approved by the board on 3 June 2021. The board has the overall responsibility for the management of the group and the supervision of its day-to-day management and business activities. The board shall prepare an annual plan for its work with special emphasis on goals, strategy, and imple- mentation. The board’s primary responsibility shall be (i) participating in the development and approval of the company’s strategy, (ii) performing necessary monitoring functions and (iii) acting as an advisory body for the executive management team. The chairperson of the board is responsible for ensuring that the board’s work is performed in an eective and correct manner. The members of the board receive information about the company’s operational and nancial development monthly. The company’s strategies 5555 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 shall regularly be subject to review and evaluation by the board. The regulations governing the board’s working practices include guidelines for how individual directors and the CEO should conduct themselves with respect to matters in which they may have a personal interest. Among them is the stipulation that each director must make a conscious assessment of his/her own impartiality and inform the board of any possible conict of interest. Further, the regulations include guidelines for how the board of directors and executive management shall deal with approval of agreements, which are considered material, between the company and its shareholders and other close associates, including that the board shall arrange for an independent third-party valuation. This will, however, not apply for transactions that are subject to the approval of the general meeting pursuant to the Norwegian Companies Act. Independent valua- tions shall also be procured for transactions between companies within the group if any of the companies involved have minority shareholders. Agreements with related parties will be included in the notes to the nancial statements in the annual reports. The board meets as often as necessary to perform its duties. The board shall prepare an annual evaluation of its work. Sub-committees of the board Audit committee Pursuant to the Norwegian Public Limited Liability Companies Act and the listing rules of the Oslo Stock Exchange, the company shall have an audit commit- tee. The audit committee shall consist of at least two members. At least one member must have account- ing or auditing prociency and at least one member must be independent of the company’s business. The audit committee is appointed by the board and is independent of the executive management of the company. The committee’s main task is to assist the board with addressing and preparing issues concerning, amongst other, procurement of audit services, mon- itoring the work of the auditors and the company’s internal control systems, monitoring the risk man- agement of the company and the nancial reporting and any other issues that the board may assign to the committee. The board revised and approved instructions to the audit committee on 3 June 2021. As of 31 December 2021, the audit committee in BEWI consists of Kristina Schauman (chair) and Stig Wærnes. Remuneration committee The company shall have a remuneration committee appointed by the board. The remuneration commit- tee shall evaluate and propose the compensation of BEWI’s CEO and other members of the executive management team and provide general compensa- tion related advice to the board. The board of directors of BEWI appointed a remu- neration committee and adopted instructions to the committee on 3 June 2021. The remuneration committee consists of Anne-Lise Aukner as chair and Gunnar Syvertsen as member. Deviations from the Code: None 10. Risk management and internal control The board of directors is responsible for ensuring that BEWI has sound internal control and systems for risk management that are appropriate in relation to the extent and nature of the company’s activities. The internal control and the systems shall also encompass the company’s corporate values and ethical guidelines. The board shall annually review the company’s most important areas of risk exposure and the internal control arrangement in place for such areas. The review shall pay attention to any material shortcom- ings or weaknesses in the company’s internal control and how risks are being managed. The annual review is normally carried out in rela- tion to the board’s approval of the annual report, including the nancial statements and board of direc- tor’s report, where the risks are further described. Dierent methods are used for evaluating risks and for ensuring that the relevant risks to which BEWI is exposed are managed in accordance with established policies and guidelines. Risks and risk management are described in a separate section of BEWI’s annual report. Internal control of nancial reporting is achieved through day-to-day follow-up by management, and supervision by the company’s audit committee. The objective of the risk management and internal control is to manage exposure to risks, to ensure successful conduct of the company’s business and to support the quality of its nancial reporting. The board has approved routines for internal control and risk management. Deviations from the Code: None 11. Board remuneration The general meeting shall determine the board’s remuneration. The remuneration to the board members shall not be performance-related nor include share option elements. 5656 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 The board’s remuneration was approved on the company’s annual general meeting on 3 June 2021, following a proposal from the nomination committee. The committee emphasized that the remuneration shall be reasonable and based on the board’s responsibilities and need for competence, but also be sober. The board shall be informed if individual board members perform tasks for the company other than exercising their role as board members. Work in the audit committee and in the remunera- tion committee is compensated in addition to the remuneration received for board membership. Deviations from the Code: None 12. Remuneration of executive management Pursuant to Section 6-16a of the Norwegian Public Limited Companies Act (NPLCA), the board prepares guidelines for determination of salaries and other benets payable to senior executives. The guidelines will, in line with the said statutory provision, as well as Section 5-6 (3) of the same Act be approved by the general meeting. If the guidelines are materially altered, the guidelines will be laid before, and approved by the general meeting. The guidelines will be approved by the general meeting at least every four years. In addition to the guidelines, the board prepares a remuneration report pursuant to Section 6-16b of NPLCA. Such report will be considered by the company’s general meeting and shall be subject to an advisory vote by the general meeting in accord- ance with NPLCA Section 5-6 (4). The guidelines and report are included in the company’s annual report. The company’s senior executive remuneration policy is based primarily on the principle that executive pay should be competitive and motivating, to attract and retain key personnel with the necessary competence. The statement refers to the fact that the board of directors shall determine the salary and other benets payable to the CEO. The salary and benets payable to other senior executives are determined by the CEO in accordance with the guidelines. The CEO will normally propose the remuneration to senior executives in consultation with members of the remuneration committee. Deviations from the Code: None 13. Information and communication Investor relations Communication with shareholders, investors and analysts is a high priority for BEWI. The objective is to ensure that the nancial markets and sharehold- ers receive correct and timely information, thus providing a sound foundation for a valuation of the company. All market players shall have access to the same information, and all information is published in English. All notices sent to the stock exchange are made available on the company’s website and at www.newsweb.no. BEWI’s ambition is to comply with the latest version of the Oslo Børs Code of Practice for IR (“the IR Code”), including recommendations on the report- ing of information to investors on the company’s websites. The board of BEWI has adopted a policy on handling of inside information and other disclosure obligations, as well as an information policy. Included in the policies are, among others, guidelines on trading in the share by key employees, including clearance prior to trading and restricted trading periods, and division of roles and responsibilities. The CEO, CFO and Director of IR and Communications are responsible for communications with shareholders in the period between general meetings. Financial information The company holds investor presentations in asso- ciation with the publication of its quarterly results. These presentations are open to all and provide an overview of the group’s operational and nancial performance in the previous quarter, as well as an overview of the general market outlook. These presentations are also made available on the compa- ny’s website. Quiet period BEWI maintains a silent period of 30 days prior to the day of the company’s publication of interim reports. During this period, representatives of the company will minimize its contact with nancial media, ana- lysts, and investors and not comment on any nancial development. Restricted trading periods Persons dened as primary insiders of BEWI, as well as related parties of the primary insiders, are not allowed to acquire or sell shares in the company or related nancial instruments during the period of 30 days prior to the company’s publication of the report for the fourth quarter, including preliminary full year results, and the report for the rst half year. BEWI publishes a nancial calendar on Oslo Børs’s website, setting out the expected dates of publication for its reports. The dates are also available at the company’s website. During other periods trading is allowed 5757 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 provided that it is made in accordance with laws and regulations as well as other provisions in BEWI’s policies. Deviations from the Code: None 14. Take-over situations In a take-over process, should it occur, the board and the executive management team each have an individual responsibility to ensure that the company’s shareholders are treated equally and that there are no unnecessary interruptions to the company’s business activities. The board has a particular responsibility in ensuring that the shareholders have sucient infor- mation and time to assess the oer. In the event of a take-over process, the board shall ensure that: • the board will not seek to hinder or obstruct any takeover bid for the company’s operations or shares unless there are particular reasons for doing so; • the board shall not undertake any actions intended to give shareholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other shareholders or the company; • the board shall not institute measures with the intention of protecting the personal interests of its members at the expense of the interests of the shareholders; and • the board shall be aware of the particular duty it has for ensuring that the values and interests of the shareholders are protected. In the event of a take-over bid, the board will, in addition to complying with relevant legislation and regulations, seek to comply with the recommen- dations in the Code. This could include obtaining a valuation and fairness opinion from an independent expert. On this basis, the board shall draw up a statement containing a well-grounded evaluation of the bid and make a recommendation as to whether or not the shareholders should accept the bid. The evaluation shall specify how, for example, a take-over would aect long-term value creation of BEWI. Deviations from the Code: None 15. Auditor The auditor is appointed by the annual general meeting and is independent of BEWI ASA. Each year the board shall receive written conrmation from the auditor that the requirements with respect to inde- pendence and objectivity have been met. Each year, the auditor shall draw up a plan for the execution of their auditing activities, and the plan shall be made known to the board of directors and the audit committee. The board should specically consider if the auditor to a satisfactory degree also carries out a control function and the auditor shall meet with the audit committee annually to review and evaluate the company’s internal control activities. The auditor shall meet with the Board without the CEO or any other member of the senior management present at least once a year. Whenever necessary, the board shall meet with the auditor to review the auditor’s view on the company’s accounting princi- ples, risk areas, internal control routines, etc. The auditor may only be used as a nancial advisor to the company provided that such use of the auditor does not have the ability to aect or question the auditors’ independence and objectiveness as auditor for the company. The audit committee shall approve any agreements in respect of such counselling assignments. At the annual general meeting the board shall present a review of the auditor’s compensation as paid for auditory work required by law and remu- neration associated with other specic assignments. The board shall arrange for the auditor to attend all general meetings. The auditor for BEWI ASA is PWC. Deviations from the Code: None 5858 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Statement on remuneration of executive management 1. Overview This statement on executive remuneration is pre- pared by the board of directors (“the board”) of BEWI ASA (the “company”) in accordance with Section 6-16a of the Norwegian Public Limited Liabilities Companies Act as applicable per 1 January 2021 (“NPLCA”) and the administrative regulation regarding policy and report for the remuneration of the execu- tive management. The board of the company does not have members elected by and among the employees of the company or of the group. The total remuneration for the CEO and the other executives consists of annual base salary, variable pay, options awarded under a share option plan and other benets, including pension. 2. Remuneration policy for the executive management 2.1 General remarks The remuneration is an important instrument for harmonizing the company’s interests with the interests of the executive management. The General Meeting shall therefore approve the guidelines, and the guidelines shall be made available at the compa- ny’s website. The purpose of the company’s remuneration policy for the executive management is to contribute to the company’s business strategy, long-term interests, and sustainability of the company. Further, BEWI’s remuneration policy shall encourage a strong and sustainable performance-based culture, growth, shareholder value over time and responsible business practices aligned with the company’s values. The total remuneration level shall be in line with the relevant market level for peers within the industry, but not market leading. 2.2 Annual base salary The executives are compensated based on individual criteria, including each executive’s role, experience, and competence. All executives are evaluated yearly as part of the company’s Performance and Development Dialogue. The total compensation level targets at attracting and retaining executives, and to maintain a compensation level which for each indi- vidual is competitive compared to market conditions for the relevant position and individual. BEWI applies standard employment contracts and standard terms and conditions regarding notice period and severance pay, which shall be deductible to other income. Internal board assignments and similar internal positions are not remunerated separately. External assignments shall be approved by the CEO or by the board. 2.3 Pension Scheme Executives are members of the standard pension and insurance schemes on the same terms and conditions as non-executives in the county of employment. Executives are not entitled to early retirement. 2.4 Pay after termination of employment The CEO and the COO is entitled to 12- and 6-months’ severance pay respectively. Other exec- utives are not entitled to pay after termination of employment. Executives have 6 months period of notice. 2.5 Other types of remuneration Executives may receive benets in line with relevant market practice, such as free phone, PC, broadband, newspapers, and parking. 2.6 Variable pay BEWI has a variable incentive pay programme includ- ing the executive management team, as well as other key executives. The objective of the programme is to encourage achievement of nancial- and operational targets. The variable pay programme is based on dened and measurable criteria, including nancial targets and targets linked to strategic priorities. 5959 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 The variable pay programme potential is maximized to 50 per cent of the annual base salary. 2.7 Share option plan for executive employees On 19 November 2020, the board of BEWI adopted a share option plan comprising the executive manage- ment and other key employees of the company. The programme was resolved based on the approval by the extraordinary general meeting on 16 November 2020 to authorise the board to issue new shares to employees under a long-term incentive programme. The aggregate number of options under the plan shall never exceed two (2) per cent of the outstand- ing shares of the company, including options already outstanding. The purpose of the share option plan is to further align the interests of the company and its share- holders. The awards of options shall give an interest in the company parallel to that of the shareholders, enhancing the interests of the executives to the com- pany’s continued long-term success and progress and motivate for individual contributions. The share option shall enable the company to attract and retain the executive employees and other key employees. The strike price is set as the market price at the time of the grant of the options plus 10 per cent, to ensure that only value creation from allocation onwards is rewarded. The options vests with 20 per cent per after one year, 30 per cent after two years, and with 50 per cent three years after granted, provided the participant is still employed. The option lapses and becomes void after a period of 5 years. If the employee resigns from his or her position with the company, all unvested options will lapse and becomes void. The maximum prot gain from awarded options under the plan, is capped according to an agreement between the employee and the company. 3. Annual remuneration report BEWI will for each nancial year produce and make public a remuneration report in accordance with NPLCA Section 6-16b. Such report shall be considered by the company’s general meeting and shall be subject to an advisory vote by the general meeting in accordance with NPLCA Section 5-6 (4). If the share- holders vote against the remuneration report, the company will explain, in the following remuneration report, how the vote of the shareholders was taken into account. Instructions for the remuneration committee was adopted at the board meeting on 3 June 2021 and the committee was established during the second half of 2021. In total, the variable pay programme resulted in 74 per cent of the maximum for the CEO and executive management. On 19 November 2021, the rst 20 per cent of the options granted became available for the participants with an exercise window set for 24 February until 2 March 2022. The notes to the nancial statements for the nancial year of 2021, includes an overview of the remunera- tion to the executive management. 4. Temporary derogation from the applicable remuneration policy The board can only derogate from any element of the remuneration policy in exceptional circum- stances, and only in situations where the derogation from the remuneration policy is necessary to serve the long-term interests and sustainability of the company, cfr. NPLCA section 16-6a (4). Any derogation shall be explained and motivated by the company’s and the shareholders’ interests in retaining the executives under extraordinary circum- stances. Any derogation shall be considered by the boards as required in the specic situation and for the individ- ual employee. The remuneration report shall include information on remuneration awarded under such exceptional circumstances. 5. Amendments Material variations in the remuneration policy shall be subject to approval by the BEWI’s general meeting, and the policy shall be considered and approved by the general meeting at least every fourth year. 6. Publication of the remuneration policy The remuneration policy will be made public on BEWI’s website, www.bewi.com. 6060 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Board of directors’ report BEWI continues to demonstrate solid growth, recording revenues of EUR 748 million for the full year of 2021, representing 62 per cent growth over 2020, and posting an adjusted EBITDA of 109 million euro, up from 65 million euro for 2020. The positive development is mainly explained by continued strong demand in the company’s markets. 2021 was, like 2020, marked by the covid-19 pandemic, as well as signicant price increases for raw materials, cost ination and shortage of various components. Still, BEWI managed to deliver record-high results, following well run operations and close customer relations. In addition, the organisation completed a record-high number of transactions in line with the group strategy. Through the acquisition of Honeycomb, BEWI broadened its portfolio within protective packaging, oering its customers complementary and sustainable alternatives. The IZOBLOK-acquisition provides the group with a leading position in the market for EPP components to the automotive industry. By acquiring the Belgian insulation company Kemisol, the group expands its geographic presence, while the announced transformative acquisition of Jackon, yet to be formally closed, signicantly strengthens the group’s market positions. The circular business was also signicantly expanded in 2021, with the acquisition of Volker Gruppe, and the minority stake of Inoplast, in addition to the investments in advanced recycling technology in Canada and the new recycling hub in Stockholm. To mention a few. On top of this, BEWI renanced in 2021, establishing a new nance framework including sustainability-linked bonds of EUR 250 million. Going into 2022, BEWI has experienced a continued stable or strong demand in its key markets. EPS prices have remained at high levels, also implying a high GAP. Backed by a strong nancial platform, the group’s integrated and diversied business model provides BEWI with robust results, including a strong cash ow, enabling the group to continue to consolidate the industry and pursue attractive growth opportunities. 6161 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Overview of the business The board of directors’ report for the BEWI group (“BEWI” or “the group”) comprises BEWI ASA (“the parent company”) and all subsidiaries and associated companies. The parent company, BEWI ASA, is a Norwegian public limited liability company. Business and locations BEWI is an international provider of packaging, com- ponents, and insulation solutions. The group has an integrated and circular business model: From produc- tion of raw materials and end goods, collecting used materials for recycling, and re-using the recycled materials to new raw material and new products. The group is headquartered at Hamarvik at the island Frøya, Norway. As per 31 December 2021, the group had a total of 41 production facilities in ten countries (excluding minority interests): 6 in Norway, 6 in Sweden, 4 in Finland, 8 in Denmark, 7 in the Netherlands, 2 in Belgium, 3 in Portugal, 3 in Poland, 1 in Germany and 1 in the United Kingdom. In addi- tion, the group has 6 warehouses in Norway, several sales- and administrative oces in the mentioned countries, as well as minority interests in another 17 facilities in Germany (6), France (6), the United Kingdom, (3) Czechia (1), and Poland (1). BEWI’s business is organised in four business seg- ments: Segment RAW, segment Insulation, segment Packaging & Components (P&C), and segment Circular. Segment RAW develops and produces the raw material white and grey expanded polystyrene, known as EPS beads or Styrofoam, as well as Biofoam, a fully bio-based particle foam. The raw material is sold both internally and externally for production of end products. Segment Insulation develops and manufactures an extensive range of insulation products for the construction industry. The products are primarily composed of EPS and XPS. BEWI is one of the larger European manufacturers of EPS-based insulation solutions. Segment P&C develops, manufactures, and distrib- utes standard and customised packaging solutions and technical components for customers in many industrial sectors. Examples include EPS boxes for transportation of fresh sh and other food, protective packaging for pharmaceuticals and electronics, re-us- able plastic boxes and components for the car and HVAC industry. The material is composed primarily of EPS, EPP, paper/ bre and fabricated foam. Segment Circular is responsible for the group’s collec- tion and recycling of EPS. A further description of each business segments is presented under the section “Segment information”. Vision, mission, and values BEWI’s vision is: Protecting people and goods for a better everyday. This means taking responsibility and adapting the group’s business to tomorrow’s expectations. By managing the entire value chain – from production of raw materials and end products, to recycling used products back to new raw materials – BEWI can close the loop and lead the change towards a circular economy. BEWI’s mission is: To create value by oering sustaina- ble packaging, components, and insulation solutions in innovative and ecient ways. The group has strong core values, deeply rooted in the organisation, securing customer focus, and acting as important guidelines in the daily work: • Responsible • Proud • Stable • Care for quality Strategic priorities BEWI has three strategic priorities: • Innovation in search for more sustainable materi- als, products, solutions, and production processes • Circular economy, aiming at being a Co 2 -ecient provider of packaging, components, and insulation solutions and being the rst company in its indus- try to close the loop • Protable growth through organic initiatives and M&A opportunities targeting increased recycling capacity, geographic expansion, strengthening of market positions and broadening of the company’s product oering, in particular within complemen- tary materials Markets and customers BEWI serves a wide range of end markets by oering safe, ecient, and sustainable solutions. 45 to 50 per cent of the group’s net sales are from building and construction, including sales of raw materials to this industry. Further, food packaging accounts for 25 to 30 per cent, the automotive industry 5 to 10 per cent and other packaging and components 20 to 25 per cent. As mentioned above, the group has production facilities in twelve countries. However, the group has sales income from more than 20 countries. The group’s diversied and integrated business model has proven robust. Both, during 2020 and 2021 when the 6262 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 level of impact from the covid-19 pandemic varied across regions and end-markets, but also when raw material prices are volatile. The raw material prices were signicantly higher in 2021 than in 2020, leading to higher sales prices and consequently net sales for all segments. The high raw material prices positively impacted the protability for the upstream segment RAW, while putting pressure on margins in the group’s two downstream segments. As a result of the group’s diversied end-market exposure, general economic growth across the group’s relevant geographic markets is a key growth indicator for the group. While the group is exposed to most of Europe, most of its business is conducted in Western- and Northern European countries. The demand for cellular foam continues to grow due to its unique properties and versatility making it relevant for a wide range of applications. This trend is driven by its attractive value proposition of being lightweight, durable, versatile, cost ecient and recyclable. Important events in 2021 Signicant increase in raw material prices From mid-February 2021, the price of the raw material for EPS, Styrene, recorded the steepest increase ever seen. Following a force majeure incident at the largest styrene plant in Europe, prices increased by around 50 per cent in one week. In combination with other events, this led to extreme price development for Styrene in Europe. Further, this led to most of the EPS raw material producers minimizing their styrene purchase, both due to the limited availability and the extreme prices, which again led to a shortage of EPS as raw material. Combined with increased demand for EPS-based products, this resulted in signicant increase in the price of the EPS raw material (beads) and consequently the GAP, i.e., the gross prot for EPS beads. For BEWI, the group’s integrated business model, combined with a robust procurement strategy, has proven as a competitive advantage throughout the year. The upstream segment, RAW, has beneted from the high GAP, while the downstream segments have had somewhat lower margins. Private placement and sustainability linked renancing On 6 May 2021, BEWI completed a private placement raising gross proceeds of NOK 200 million by issuance of 7067138 new shares at NOK 28.30 per share. The net proceeds were primarily used to nance the acquisition of IZOBLOK, as well as maintaining a solid nancial position. Combined with the private placement, existing shares for an aggregated amount of NOK 50 million were sold by the company’s second largest share- holder Verdane Capital. In August 2021, BEWI completed a renancing of its two existing bond loans and credit facility, enabling the company to pursue further growth opportunities. The company established a Sustainable Finance Framework, covering the entire renancing, including both green and sustainability-Linked features. BEWI’s wholly owned subsidiary, BEWiSynbra Group AB, received approval from the holders of its two bond loans with maturity in 2022 and 2023 to renance before the maturity dates. The company issued a new senior unsecured oating rate sustaina- bility-linked bonds in an amount of EUR 160000000 under a framework of EUR 250 million due in September 2026. The interest rate of the new bonds is EURIBOR 3m + 3.15 per cent. Further, in November, BEWI carried out a EUR 90 million tap issue under the existing bond framework. The net proceeds from the tap issue will be used for general corporate purposes, including nancing of the acquisition of the shares in Jackon Holding AS subject to completion. The bonds are listed on the Sustainability bond list at Nasdaq Stockholm. Circular investments In 2020, BEWI invested in a greeneld recycling project in Portugal, including a new extrusion production line. The production at the new facility commenced in the fourth quarter of 2020, and the produced volumes ramped up during the rst quarter of 2021. Circular Portugal was fully commer- cialized during the second quarter of 2021. In March, the group announced its acquisition of a 34 per cent interest of the Czech recycling company Inoplast. Inoplast specialises in recycling of plastics, mainly expanded polystyrene (EPS), but also other types of plastics. Through the acquisition, BEWI added another 5000 to 6000 tonnes to its recycling capacity. Inoplast has modern and versatile machin- ery, allowing for recycling of various plastic waste. BEWI also has an option to acquire the remaining 66 per cent of the Inoplast shares. In June, BEWI announced its investment in Polystyvert Inc., for development and commer- cialisation of dissolution technology for recycling of expanded polystyrene (EPS). Polystyvert, has a demo-site at which proof of concept studies for the technology has been successfully completed, and is planning to set up a full-scale project, both located in Montreal, Canada. The dissolution technology allows for more contaminated feedstock to be used in the recycling process, compared to the more traditional mechanical recycling used by BEWI today. 6363 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 The technology could therefore be complementary to the current, resulting in increased volumes of recycled materials. In October, BEWI acquired 51 per cent of the UK based company Volker Gruppe, a trader of compacted and recycled material. The company compacts material, and leases compactors to cus- tomers. Volker Gruppe is one of the largest suppliers of EPS waste to BEWI Circular, with an annual collec- tion of approximately 6000 tonnes of EPS, in addition to several other types of waste streams. Organic growth initiatives and investment programmes In BEWI, growth remains a high priority. The group continuously has several ongoing organic growth initiatives, as well as a strong pipeline of M&A oppor- tunities. During 2021, the group had the following investment programmes: Packaging & Components Norway In 2021, BEWI established a new sh box facility at Senja, Norway, where the company has a long- term supply agreement with its customer SalMar. Production commenced in the third quarter of 2021, however at limited volumes due to delay in start-up of production at the customer’s new processing facility InnovaNor. In March 2021, BEWI announced that the company is planning to build a new packaging facility on the Jøsnøya island, Hitra, on the west coast of central Norway. The new facility will be BEWI’s most modern and ecient facility for production of sh boxes. In addition, the new facility will be equipped to serve the increasing volumes of reusable boxes and reusa- ble pallets and be a warehouse and logistics hub for the other types of packaging products. The company has signed a letter of intent with KMC Properties ASA, who owns the land where the facility will be built and is responsible for the development project. The packaging facility at Hitra will serve current customers and contracts, as well as position BEWI for future deliveries to the sh farming industry. In addition to the two new sh box facilities, BEWI invested in new technology at its facility in Stjørdal to produce moulded components under a supply agreement with a new customer in the energy sector. Production commenced towards the end of the second quarter 2021. Insulation Sweden In 2020, BEWI announced its acquisition of an insulation facility in Norrköping Sweden, as well as investments in technology and machinery at the facility, including modern extrusion technology improving production capacity and eciency. The investments were completed in 2020 and 2021, although somewhat delayed, causing extra costs in 2021. New extruder in Etten-Leur Investments into a new twin screw extrusion line at the RAW production site in Etten-Leur started in the fourth quarter of 2021. The new extrusion line increases the production capacity of recycled grades and grey products, and production is expected to start in 2023. ICT BEWI has started implementation of a new modern ERP system. Blueprints were developed during 2021 and the system will be implemented gradually throughout the group’s segments and operating units. The rst roll-out of the system will be done during the second quarter of 2022 for segment RAW, while the second roll-out will be decided by the subsidiaries of the company, based on clearly identi- ed benets. Acquisitions During 2021, the BEWI group completed several acquisitions, all in line with the group’s strategic priorities as referred to above, targeting growth and strengthening of the group’s circular activities. Acquisition of Danish paper packaging company Honeycomb Cellpack On 13 April 2021, BEWI acquired 51 per cent of the Danish paper packaging company Honeycomb Cellpack A/S (“Honeycomb”), now named BEWI Cellpack. Honeycomb provides protective packag- ing solutions, including design, development and manufacturing of sustainable packaging which is recyclable and biodegradable. Through the acqui- sition, BEWI broadened its product oering, in line with its strategy to provide its customers with com- plementary solutions. Acquisition of Polish automotive components company IZOBLOK On 28 April 2021, BEWI entered into an agreement to acquire 54.66 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 66.00 per cent of the listed Polish company IZOBLOK. The total consideration was approximately EUR 16.5 million, of which approximately EUR 13.5 million was paid in cash and the remaining settled through issuance of 1132792 new shares in BEWI ASA directed towards the majority seller in the trans- action a subscription price of NOK 27.50 per share. The transaction was closed early July 2021. Further, on 2 November, BEWI launched a tender oer for the acquisition of the remaining 45.34 per cent of the outstanding shares in IZOBLOK for a price per share of PLN 50.41. The tender oer expired on 28 January 2022, upon which 121870 shares were 6464 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 acquired. Following the transaction, BEWI (indirectly) owns 64.28 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 73.21 per cent of the voting rights in IZOBLOK. IZOBLOK is a leading European provider of Expanded Polypropylene (EPP) components to the automotive industry, with a market share of approximately 20 per cent. The company has a growing portfolio of blue-chip clients, such as Volkswagen Group, Jaguar Land Rover, BMW, Hyundai, and Ford. The acquisition conrms BEWI’s strategy to strengthen its market position in the automotive industry, a market that has shown considerable growth pre-Covid. IZOBLOK has four facilities at strategic locations with developed infrastructure ensuring eective access to customers across Europe, of which three are in Poland and one in Germany. For the full year of 2021, IZOBLOK recorded revenues of EUR 36.1 million and an adjusted EBITDA of nega- tive EUR 1.1 million. The revenues and EBITDA were negatively impacted in both 2020 and 2021 by the covid-19 pandemic and the shortage of electronic components. Oer to acquire all shares in Jackon Holding In October 2021, BEWI received acceptance from all shareholders on its oer for the acquisition of the Norwegian family-owned packaging and insulation company Jackon Holding. Jackon and BEWI are the two largest integrated providers of EPS in Europe, and the two companies complement each other very well. The Akselsen family, holding 50 per cent of the shares through their investment company HAAS AS, accepted to receive consideration in the form of shares, subject to a 12-months lock-up. The share- holders holding the remaining 50 per cent accepted to receive cash. The oer reected an enterprise value on a cash and debt free basis and with an agreed level of working capital of Jackon of NOK 3350 million. BEWI expects synergies from the transaction of at least EUR 12 to 15 million. For the full year 2021, Jackon had revenues of EUR 398.0 million, compared to EUR 293.9 million for the full year of 2020, and recorded an EBITDA of EUR 43.5 million, up from EUR 32.9 million for 2020 (unaudited NGAAP, converted from NOK to EUR using 0.98). Jackon had approximately 925 employees on 31 December 2021 and 22 facilities in Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Germany, and Belgium. Completion of the transaction, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, is expected during the rst half of 2022. Acquisition of the Belgian insulation company Kemisol On 29 October, BEWI announced the acquisition of 100 per cent of the shares of the Belgian insulation company Kemisol Group, for a total consideration of approximately EUR 30 million, excluding net cash. The consideration was paid in cash in connection with the closing of the transaction in November. Kemisol primarily operates in the Benelux region and is one of the largest producers of EPS in Belgium, oering a wide range of products. The company recorded revenues of EUR 33.9 million for the full year of 2021, up from EUR 24.7 for 2020, representing an increase of 37 cent. EBITDA came in at EUR 6.1 million for 2021, up from EUR 4.5 million for 2020. Divestment of plastics company Biobe On 20 December 2021, BEWI announced that it had divested the plastics company Biobe AS to BE Form Holding AS, a company wholly owned by BEWI Invest AS, the majority owner of BEWI. Biobe was divested on similar terms as it was acquired in 2020. For more information see note 9 to the accounts. Other acquisitions In addition to the above-mentioned transactions, BEWI completed several smaller acquisitions in 2021. This included all shares in Oasis Global II AS, Norway, and North Pack ApS, Denmark in July, both trading packaging products for the aquaculture industry. The acquisitions were a continuation of the BDH acquisition in 2020. Further, the group acquired all shares in Desom Group in October, consisting of Desom AS, Norway, and Embanor AS, Norway. The two companies are also trading packaging products for sh, meat, and dairy products, and are a comple- ment to the BDH business acquired in 2020. Financial review All amounts in brackets are comparative gures for 2020 unless otherwise specically stated. The following nancial review is based on the con- solidated nancial statements of BEWI ASA and its subsidiaries. The statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In the view of the board, the income statement, the statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash ow, the balance sheet and the accom- panying notes provide satisfactory information about the operations, nancial results and position of the group and the parent company on 31 December 2021. Consolidated statement of income Net sales increased to EUR 748.2 million for 2021 (462.6), corresponding to an increase of 61.8 per cent. The increase was 19.2 per cent driven by acquisitions, and 41.0 per cent was organic growth. All segments 6565 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 recorded higher volumes in 2021 than 2020. In addition, signicant price increases have been implemented to compensate for the increased raw material prices. Adjusted EBITDA increased by 67.8 per cent to EUR 109.0 million for 2021 (65.0). 12.3 per cent of the increase related to acquisitions, while most of the organic increase related to the improved styrene gross margin (GAP), driven by a strong underlying demand. The strong GAP positively impacted segment RAW, while putting pressure on the two downstream seg- ments, Insulation and Packaging & Components. Operating income (EBIT) came in at EUR 67.8 million for 2021 (39.5). Net nancial items ended at a negative EUR 18.8 million for the year (-7.2). The year was negatively impacted by costs related to the renancing in September of EUR 5.6 million. Fair value adjustments of shares had a negative impact of EUR 0.6 million, whereas last year noted a EUR 3.9 million positive impact from such revaluations. Taxes amounted to a negative EUR 14.6 million for the year (2.3). The eective tax rate was negatively impacted by costs incurred in connection with the renancing. Net prot for 2021 was EUR 34.4 million (30.0). Financial position and liquidity Consolidated nancial position Total assets amounted to EUR 785.7 million on 31 December 2021, up from EUR 543.1 million at year- end 2020. The increase is mainly related to acquired companies and the additional EUR 90 million bond issue in November. Total equity amounted to EUR 262.2 million on 31 December 2021, corresponding to an equity rate of 33.4 per cent, compared to EUR 195.1 million at year-end 2020. Net debt amounted to EUR 196.4 million on 31 December 2021 (120.3 excluding IFRS 16), com- pared to EUR 170.2 million at the end of December 2020 (91.7 excluding IFRS 16). Cash and cash equivalents were EUR 142.3 million on 31 December 2021, compared to EUR 51.4 million at year-end 2020. Consolidated cash ow Cash ow from operating activities amounted to EUR 67.4 million for 2021 (33.2), including an increase in working capital of EUR 6.8 million (increase of 3.4). Cash ow from change in working capital came in slightly negative for the year, explained by higher prices, impacting both inventory and accounts receivable. A similar eect in accounts payable did not fully oset that. For the full-year, cash ow from investing activities amounted to a negative EUR 85.9 million (2.7). Capital expenditures were higher than last year, driven by expansion related investments, as further elaborated below. Cash outow from business acquisitions was also higher, largely attributable to the acquisitions of IZOBLOK and Kemisol in the second half of the year. Last year noted a substantial positive cash inow from several sale and leaseback transactions. In 2021, cash ow from divestments was mainly attributable to the sale of Biobe in the fourth quarter. Cash ow from nancing activities amounted to a positive EUR 107.3 million for the full year 2021 (-40.7), mainly explained by the bond renancing in September and the following tap in November. In total, bond loans of a total of EUR 250 million was issued, whereas EUR 140.0 million was redeemed, giving rise to a positive eect of EUR 105.4 million, net of transaction costs amounting to EUR 4.2 million related to the early bond redemptions. Transactions with shareholders resulted in a net positive cash inow, with EUR 18.9 million added through a new share issue, partly oset by the EUR 6.4 million dividend paid. Cash outow from renanc- ing of acquired companies was modest during the year, while 2020 noted a substantially higher outow from such transactions. In total, the cash ow for 2021 amounted to EUR 89.2 million, compared to a negative cash ow for 2020 of EUR 4.8 million. Capital expenditures For the full year of 2021, CAPEX amounted to EUR 34.7 million (26.6), of which EUR 17.0 million related to greeneld projects, customer specic investments, a new extrusion line in Etten-Leur and investments into the new ERP system. For further information about the company’s investment programmes, see section above about organic growth initiatives and investment programmes. At the company’s Capital Markets Update in September 2021, BEWI announced a target of annual investments equal to 2.5 per cent of net sales exclud- ing greeneld, customer specic initiatives and ICT investments. Excluding above mentioned initiatives, investments for 2021 ended in line with this target. 6666 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Segment information Segment RAW Segment RAW develops and produces white and grey expanded polystyrene, known as EPS beads or Styrofoam, as well as Biofoam, a fully bio-based particle foam. The raw material is sold both internally and externally for production of end products. After expanding and extruding the beads, the material can be moulded or otherwise processed into several dierent end products and areas of application. BEWI produces raw material at two facilities, one in Finland (Porvoo) and one in the Netherlands (Etten-Leur). The group has an annual capacity of approximately 200000 tonnes EPS. Key gures Amounts in million EUR (except percentage) 2021 2020 Net sales 347.9 191.2 Of which internal 104.6 56.5 Of which external 243.3 134.7 Net operating expenses -293.9 -181.8 Adjusted EBITDA 54.1 9.4 Adjusted EBITDA % 15.5% 4.9% Items aecting comparability 0.1 0.5 EBITDA 54.2 9.9 Depreciations -4.2 -3.7 For the full year 2021, net sales came in at EUR 347.9 million (191.2) for segment RAW, up by 82.0 per cent from last year, mainly explained by increased sales prices, but also from higher volumes. Adjusted EBITDA ended at EUR 54.1 million in 2021 (9.4). The improvement derives from a strong underlying market demand, and consequently a strengthened GAP (i.e., styrene gross prot), in addi- tion to higher volumes. Segment Insulation Segment Insulation develops and manufactures an extensive range of insulation products for the construction industry. The products are primarily composed of EPS and XPS. BEWI is one of the larger European manufacturers of EPS-based insulation products, and the Benelux is the main market repre- senting around 50 per cent of total sales within the business area. BEWI has 15 facilities in 7 countries producing insulation products. In addition, BEWI has minority interests in 6 facilities in France, 6 facilities in Germany and 1 in the UK. Most of the insulation products are used for foun- dations and a smaller part for walls and ceilings. Measures for greater energy eciency are important drivers of demand in the European construction market. Eective insulation for walls, ceilings and oors are the most cost-ecient way of achieving greater energy eciency and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Insulation markets are mostly local. The degree of product specialization varies greatly among dierent countries and markets. Around 70 per cent of the insulation material is used for new construction and the remainder for renovations. Key gures Amounts in million EUR (except percentage) 2021 2020 Net sales 195.4 146.6 Of which internal 2.8 2.4 Of which external 192.7 144.1 Net operating expenses -173.9 -120.1 Adjusted EBITDA 21.6 26.5 Adjusted EBITDA % 11.0% 18.1% Items aecting comparability 0.9 5.9 EBITDA 22.5 32.4 Depreciations -7.9 -7.4 Net sales amounted to EUR 195.4 million for the full year of 2021 (146.6), an increase of 33.3 per cent. Of this, 20.3 per cent was organic growth driven by higher volumes in all regions, except Sweden, and increased sales prices related to the higher cost of raw material. Adjusted EBITDA amounted to EUR 21.6 million (26.5). The lower EBITDA margin is mainly explained by the historically high raw material prices putting pressure on margins. The margins were mostly aected in the Scandinavian region, where markets are more commoditised. Challenges related to the new pro- duction line in Norrköping, Sweden, impacted the result negatively throughout the year. From 1 December 2021, the nancial results for the insulation company Kemisol were consolidated into BEWI’s accounts. For details on the contribution from Kemisol, see notes to the accounts on Business Combinations. Segment Packaging & Components (P&C) Segment P&C develops and manufactures standard and customised packaging solutions and technical components for customers in many industrial sectors. The solutions are composed of a variety of materials, including EPS, expanded polypropylene (EPP), fabricated foam, carboard, ber (paper), as well as other materials, enabling a broad product oering. Examples include boxes and bags for transportation of fresh sh and other food, protective packaging for pharmaceuticals and electronics, and components for cars and heating systems. BEWI is one of the world’s largest suppliers of sh boxes to the salmon farming industry in Norway, the world’s largest exporter of fresh salmon, and to the industry for wild caught sh in Portugal. BEWI has 24 facilities in 7 countries producing P&C components. Also, the Group has minority interests in 2 facilities in the UK. 6767 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Key gures Amounts in million EUR (except percentage) 2021 2020 Net sales 295.6 179.9 Of which internal 6.9 2.3 Of which external 288.7 177.6 Net operating expenses -255.3 -145.8 Adjusted EBITDA 40.3 34.1 Adjusted EBITDA % 13.6% 19.0% Items aecting comparability -0.4 2.1 EBITDA 39.9 36.2 Depreciations -16.6 -12.3 For segment Packaging & Components, net sales amounted to EUR 295.6 million for 2021 (179.9), an increase of 64.3 per cent. Excluding acquisitions, sales increased by 26.5 per cent explained by higher volumes and increased sales prices in all regions. Adjusted EBITDA amounted to EUR 40.3 million for the year (34.1), up by 18.0 per cent. Excluding acquisitions and currency eects, adjusted EBITDA decreased by 0.7 per cent explained by pressure on margins from the high raw material prices, in addi- tion to increased energy prices, product mix (more trading operation) and the negative contribution from the automotive business, including IZOBLOK, which was consolidated into BEWI’s accounts from 1 July 2021. For details on the contribution from IZOBLOK, see notes to the accounts on Business Combinations. Circular Segment Circular is responsible for the group’s collec- tion and recycling of EPS. Since the establishment of the business unit in 2018, the segment has launched several initiatives, in addition to acquisitions, to increase the group’s recycling capacity. At the end of 2021, the group had access to a recycling capacity of approximately 20000 tonnes, including owned facilities, minority interests and partnerships, and a collection run-rate at year end of approximately 23000 tonnes. BEWI has announced an annual target of recycling 60000 tonnes of EPS. The number refers to approxi- mately one-third of BEWI’s annual production, which is the volume BEWI puts into the end markets with a lifetime less than one year. The other two-thirds of the volume are used in products with a lifetime of more than one year, i.e., bike helmets, car compo- nents, insulation in buildings and similar. For further information on investments in circular activities, see section above called circular invest- ments. Key gures Amounts in million EUR (except percentage) 2021 2020 Net sales 24.0 6.3 Of which internal 0.6 0.2 Of which external 23.4 6.1 Net operating expenses -23.4 -7.6 Adjusted EBITDA 0.6 -1.2 Adjusted EBITDA % 2.5% -19.5% Items aecting comparability -0.3 -0.1 EBITDA 0.3 -1.3 Depreciations -1.0 -0.4 BEWI started reporting for segment Circular from the third quarter of 2021. For the full year 2021, net sales for the segment came in at EUR 24.0 million (6.3), up by 279.7 per cent from 2020. Excluding acquisitions net sales increased by 230.1 per cent, explained by higher volumes and increased sales prices following signicant increase in the virgin raw material prices throughout the year. Adjusted EBITDA ended at EUR 0.6 million for the year (-1.2), whereas the improvement primarily relates to higher volumes and increased prices as mentioned above. Limited feedstock, i.e., the input/ raw material for segment Circular, has been challenging and for the feedstock increased towards the end of the year, putting pressure on margins. Corporate Revenues and costs related to group functions that do not belong to any specic business segment are booked as unallocated. This includes costs related to the group’s business development and other group functions. For the full year of 2021, the contribution from corpo- rate costs was negative EUR 7.6 million (-3.9). Research and development (R&D) BEWI has three strategic priorities, of which inno- vation - in search for more sustainable materials, products, solutions, and production processes – is one priority. The group’s program for research and development (R&D) is conducted in Porvoo, Finland and Etten-Leur, the Netherlands, where the group has its upstream facilities, i.e., the production of raw materials. Product development occurs in part based on proprietary technology and in part through purchased licenses and external agreements. Going concern The annual nancial statements for 2021 have been prepared on the assumption that BEWI is a going concern pursuant to section 3-3a of the Norwegian Accounting Act. With reference to the group’s results and nancial position, as well as forecasts for the years ahead, the conditions required for continuation as a going concern are hereby conrmed to exist. 6868 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 In the opinion of the board of directors, the group’s nancial position is good. Parent company results and allocation of net prot The nancial statements for the parent company are prepared in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act and generally accepted accounting principles in Norway. The parent company had a prot before taxes of NOK 40.9 million (a prot of NOK 3.3 million). The parent company had payable taxes of NOK 7.6 million (NOK 0.0 million) and thus recorded a net prot of NOK 33.3 million (net prot of NOK 3.3 million). The board proposes a dividend of NOK 1.10 per share, corresponding to the following allocation of the net prot of NOK 33.3 million for the parent company, based on 156610804 shares outstanding: Amounts in million NOK Transferred to other equity -139.0 Dividend 172.3 Total allocated 33.3 Following an evaluation, the board has concluded that the group will have an equity and liquidity after paying the proposed dividend, which is acceptable in relation to the risks and scope of its activities. Risks and risk management BEWI is exposed to several risk factors, categorized into operational risks, including market risk and risk related to production, legal risks, sustainability related risks and nancial risks. One of the most important risk factors, is the group’s exposure to the change in the price of the raw material styrene monomers. The raw material is traded on the world market and purchased with a combination of spot and contract prices. The purchase price is partly linked to the level of supply and demand, and partly to the price of oil. The price of styrene is set in dollars and euro, and naturally entails a risk exposure against the Nordic currencies. The price of the nal product to end cus- tomers in the Nordic countries is largely connected to the price of styrene, thus entailing a reduction of currency risk. In 2018, the European Commission initiated an inves- tigation into possible anti-competitive behaviour in relation to styrene monomer purchasing. As part of the investigation, the European Commission has sent Synbra Technology B.V. (a company acquired by BEWiSynbra in 2018 as part of the acquisition of the Synbra Group) a request for information in relation to 2013 and 2014. No formal charges or allegations have been brought against BEWiSynbra or any of its subsidiaries. A detailed description of the nancial risks and uncertainty factors can be found in the notes to the nancial statements. An overview of the company’s most important operational risks, legal risks and sustainability related risks can be found in a separate section of this report. Corporate governance Good corporate governance provides the founda- tion for long-term value creation, to the benet of shareholders, employees, and other stakeholders. The board of directors of BEWI has established a set of governance principles to ensure a clear division of roles between the board of directors, the executive management, and the shareholders. The principles are based on the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance. BEWI is subject to annual corporate governance reporting requirements under section 3-3b of the Norwegian Accounting Act and the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance, cf. section 4.4 of the Oslo Rule Book II, rules for issuers listed at the Oslo Børs. The Accounting Act may be found (in Norwegian) at www.lovdata.no. The Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance, which was last revised on 14 October 2021, may be found at www.nues.no. The annual statement on corporate governance for 2021 has been approved by the board and can be found in a separate section of this annual report. Corporate social responsibility BEWI is subject to corporate responsibility reporting requirements under section 3-3c of the Norwegian Accounting Act. A separate sustainability report is included in this annual report, which has been prepared with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards (2021). The report covers material environmental, social, and economic impacts and the management approach of BEWI ASA (BEWI) for the calendar year 2021. The report aligns with the company’s nancial reporting period and represents BEWI’s Communication on Progress to demonstrate its commitment to the United Nations Global Compact. BEWI aims to create value for customers, sharehold- ers, employees, and the society at large, rst and foremost, by producing a variety of sustainable products and solutions that support the customers’ sustainability strategies. BEWI’s license to operate rests on condence from its key stakeholders. All employees are therefore required to comply with the group’s code of conduct to ensure maintenance of high ethical standards in 6969 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 its business concept and relations with customers, suppliers, and employees. BEWI is characterised by continuous growth and development. The group launched a sustainability strategy in March 2021 and reports on its progress to selected KPI’s on an annual basis. Employees and organisation BEWI’s most important asset is the knowledge and skills of its employees. As of 31 December 2021, the BEWI group had 2097 employees, up from 1438 on 31 December 2020. The increase is mainly related to acquired companies. The group had an average work force of 1662 full time equivalents (FTEs) in 2021, compared to an average of 1378 in 2020. The head- quarter is at the island Frøya, Norway, with a total of 41 production facilities in Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, the Netherlands, Portugal, Belgium, Poland, Germany, and the UK. Long-term incentive programme and employee share oering In November 2020, BEWI launched a long-term incentive programme for selected key employees. The programme is a share options programme. Pursuant to the vesting schedule, 20 per cent of the options vested one year after the day of grant, i.e., in November 2021. Further, 30 per cent will vest two years after the day of grant and the remaining 50 per cent vest three years after the day of grant (vesting is dependent on the option holder still being employed in the company). The exercise price for all options granted is NOK 24.06 per share, which was based on the market price plus 10 per cent when granted. Options that are not exercised within 5 years from the date of grant will lapse and become void. On 31 December 2021, a total of 2762000 options were outstanding, corresponding to 1.8 per cent of the total number of outstanding shares. 562500 options had vested at year-end 2021. The board of directors Prior to the listing of BEWI’s shares on the Euronext Growth, a new board of directors was elected on the group’s extraordinary general meeting on 21 August 2020. The board was elected for the period up to the annual general meeting in 2022, and as such, none of the directors were up for election at the annual general meeting in 2021. However, board member Per Nordlander requested to resign from his board position, and on such basis the nomination committee of BEWI proposed Rik Dobbelaere as new member of the board. Dobbelaere has been board member of the subsidiary BEWiSynbra Group AB from 2020 and comes from the position as CEO of BEWiSynbra Group, and previously Synbra Holding (prior to BEWI’s acquisition of the company in 2018). From the annual general meeting in 2021, BEWI’s board of directors consist of Gunnar Syvertsen as the chairperson and Stig Wærnes, Kristina Schauman, Rik Dobbelaere, and Anne-Lise Aukner as directors. BEWI’s Articles of Association provide that the board shall consist of between three and eight members. BEWI has an insurance covering the responsibilities of the board of directors, the CEO and other senior management. Health, safety and working environment Working environment, sickness absence, incidents, and injuries The working environment in the BEWI group is perceived as good. In March 2021, BEWI launched a sustainability strategy, setting out the group’s promise by 2030. The commitments were divided in three main categories: (1) Becoming circular, (2) Actively engage in partnerships and (3) Contribute to an inclusive society, of which the latter includes being a responsible employer. This includes the company’s commitments to making gender equality a reality and providing equal opportunities irrespective of ethnical background, religion, age, or sexual orientation. It also includes that 100 per cent of the employees of BEWI will have a development plan which will enable them to grow, have a voice, engage, and reach their full potential. The group will never compromise with health and safety and will work actively to ensure preventive actions with zero accidents. In 2021, the group had 4.8 per cent absence due to illness, compared to 5.2 per cent in 2020. This is mainly explained as a covid-19 eect since employ- ees with symptoms stayed home to follow local regulations or recommendations. The group reported 26 accidents in 2021, compared to 41 in 2020, with a loss of 270 working days compared to 359 in 2020. The most common accidents throughout the year were cuts, stitches of falling. Three accidents were caused by human failure in operation of machine with rotating parts. For further information about management of health and safety, employee satisfaction and leadership development, see the sustainability report. Equal opportunities The board of directors of BEWI ASA consists of ve members, of which two are women. The group has an executive committee, consisting of the CEO, the COO, and the CFO, of which the CFO is female. The group is committed to promoting equality and equal treatment at all stages of the organisation and other relationships. For further information about equal opportunities in the group, see section in the sustain- ability report. 7070 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Share and shareholder matters BEWI ASA’s shares were admitted to trading at the Euronext Growth trading facility in August 2020 and transferred to a full listing at Oslo Børs on 18 December 2020. On 31 December 2021, the total number of shares outstanding in BEWI ASA was 156610804, each with a par value of NOK 1. Each share entitles to one vote. During 2021, the share traded between NOK 22.70 and NOK 76.00 per share, with a closing price of NOK 75.00 on 30 December 2020. BEWI has one share class, and all shares have equal rights in the company. The shares are registered in the Norwegian Central Securities Depository (VPS). The company’s registrar is DNB Markets. The shares carry the securities number ISIN NO 001 0890965. On 3 March 2022, the 20 largest shareholders of BEWI ASA held 92.94 per cent, of which the largest shareholders are BEWI Invest AS, owned 69.90 per cent by the Bekken family, holding a total of 62.35 per cent, Kverva Industrier, owned by the Witzøe family, holding 9.76 per cent. General meetings BEWI held its annual general meeting on 3 June 2021. All resolutions proposed by the board of directors were approved, including the recommendations made by the nomination committee. Rik Dobbelaere was elected as new board member, replacing Per Nordlander. The general meeting approved the board’s proposal to distribute dividends of NOK 0.42 per share. The share traded ex-dividends from and including 4 June 2021. BEWI’s annual general meeting for 2022 is planned to be held on 2 June 2021. Dividends BEWI targets annual dividends of 30 to 50 per cent of the group’s net prot. When deciding on the annual dividend, the board of directors will consider the group’s nancial position, investment plans as well as the needed nancial exibility to provide for sustain- able growth. In 2021, BEWI ASA distributed a dividend of NOK 0.42 per share for the nancial year of 2020. The proposal equalled approximately 50 per cent of the group’s net prot for 2020, adjusted for capital gains on divestments of real estates and revaluation of shares (non-cash). On 24 February 2022, the board of directors of BEWI proposed to pay a dividend of NOK 1.10 per share for the nancial year of 2021. The proposal is in line with the company’s dividend policy and will be dealt with at BEWI’s annual general meeting on 2 June 2022. Events after the close of the period Extraordinary general meeting February 2022 On 16 February 2022, BEWI held an extraordinary general meeting. At the meeting, the board was authorised to issue a total of 32070000 consider- ation shares to HAAS AS, the owner of 50 per cent of Jackon Holding AS, subject to completion of the transaction. In addition, Andreas M. Akselsen was elected new board member, replacing Stig Wærnes, subject to – and with eect of completion of the Jackon transaction. The general meeting also approved the nomination committee’s proposal for changes in the composition of the nomination committee. Completion of tender oer for all shares in IZOBLOK With reference to the above information about the tender oer launched on 2 November 2021 for all outstanding shares of IZOBLOK, the tender oer expired on 28 January 2022, upon which 121870 shares were acquired. Following the transaction, BEWI (indirectly) owns 64.28 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 73.21 per cent of the voting rights in IZOBLOK. Intention to acquire Baltic insulation company On 18 February 2022, BEWI announced that the company had entered a letter of intent to acquire 100 per cent of a Baltic insulation company. Total consideration was expected to be in line with BEWI’s historical M&As, i.e., with an EV/ EBITDA multiple in the range of 5 to 7, whereas 50 per cent will be settled in cash and 50 per cent through issuance of consideration shares in BEWI. The Baltic company operates facilities for manu- facturing of insulation solutions and has recorded protable growth recent years, with net sales in the range of EUR 25 to 30 million and solid EBITDA margins in the range of 10 to 15 per cent. The rationale for the acquisition is to expand BEWI’s geographic footprint into the Baltics, an interesting region for sales growth, and for establishing a plat- form for circular activities. The acquisition is conditional upon a signed sale and purchase agreement, as well as customary condi- tions, and closing is expected in the second quarter of 2022. 7171 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Acquisition of Scandinavian paper packaging company On 28 February 2022, BEWI announced that the company had entered a letter of intent to acquire 100 per cent of a leading Scandinavian paper packaging company. Furthermore, the company announced on 12 April 2022 that it has signed an agreement to acquire the Norwegian paper packaging company Trondhjems Eskefabrikk, a manufacturer of bre- based packaging products, such as carton boxes to the food industry. For 2021, Trondhjems Eskefabrikk had revenues of approximately EUR 13.5 million, up from EUR 11.7 million in 2020. The total consideration will be settled in cash upon closing and is in line with BEWIs histori- cal M&As, with an EV/EBITDA multiple in the range of 5 to 7. The acquisition is conditional upon customary condi- tions, and closing is expected in the second quarter of 2022. Progress/ closing of Jackon transaction Reference is made to information above about BEWI’s oer to acquire all shares in Jackon Holding, includ- ing information about the authorisation from the extraordinary general meeting held 16 February 2022 to issue consideration shares to HAAS AS, the owner of 50 per cent of Jackon. On 21 February 2022, BEWI announced that a prospectus had been prepared for the purpose of listing of the consideration shares, and that the prospectus had been approved by the Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway (Finanstilsynet). The consideration shares will be issued to HAAS AS (pursuant to a board authorisation) in connection with closing of the transaction, which is still subject to fullment of outstanding closing conditions, including clearance from relevant competition authorities. Outlook All BEWI’s segments recorded increased volumes and higher sales prices in 2021 compared to 2020. The company is experiencing stable or strong demand in its key markets, despite challenging market con- ditions in some end-markets, partly caused by the Russian invasion of Ukraine, including shortage and/ or delay in deliveries of components, as well as cost ination on operational costs, such as energy, trans- port, and raw materials. The Board considers BEWI to have a solid platform for further protable growth driven by stable demand, a solid operational performance, combined with a strong pipeline of M&A opportunities. Trondheim, Norway, 26 April 2022 The board of directors and CEO BEWI ASA Gunnar Syvertsen Chair of the Board Anne-Lise Aukner Director Rik Dubbalaere Director Stig Wærnes Director Kristina Schauman Director Christian Bekken CEO 7272 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Statement by the board of directors and CEO We conrm, to the best of our knowledge, that • The group nancial statements for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2021 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the EU • The nancial statements of BEWI ASA for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2021 have been prepared in accordance with Norwegian Accounting Act and accounting standards and practices generally accepted in Norway • The nancial statements give a true and fair view of the group and the company’s consolidated assets, liabilities, nancial position, and results of operations • The Report of Board of Directors provides a true and fair view of the development and perfor- mance of the business and the position of the Group and the Company, together with a descrip- tion of the key risks and uncertainty factors that the Group and the Company is facing Trondheim, Norway, 26 April 2022 The board of directors and CEO BEWI ASA Gunnar Syvertsen Chair of the Board Anne-Lise Aukner Director Rik Dubbalaere Director Stig Wærnes Director Kristina Schauman Director Christian Bekken CEO 7373 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Financial statements 7474 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Contents The Group Consolidated comprehensive income statement 76 Consolidated statement of nancial position 77 Consolidated statement of nancial position 78 Consolidated statement of changes in equity 79 Consolidated cash ow statement 80 Accounting principles and notes to the accounts 81 Note 01 General information 81 Note 02 Summary of key accounting principles 81 Note 03 Financial risk management 86 Note 04 Critical accounting estimates and assessments 91 Note 05 Net sales distribution and segment information 91 Note 06 Employee remuneration etc. 94 Note 07 Remunerations to auditors 97 Note 08 Leasing 97 Note 09 Financial income and expense 98 Note 10 Exchange dierences – net 99 Note 11 Income tax 99 Note 12 Intangible assets 101 Note 13 Tangible assets 103 Note 14 Business acquisitions 104 Note 15 Sale of business 106 Note 16 Shares in associates 107 Note 17 Financial instruments per category 109 Note 18 Account receivables 110 Note 19 Inventory 111 Note 20 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 111 Note 21 Cash and cash equivalents 111 Note 22 Share capital 111 Note 23 Share-based incentive programme 113 Note 24 Earnings per share 114 Note 25 Borrowings 114 Note 26 Pensions and similar obligations to employees 117 Note 27 Other provisions 120 Note 28 Accrued expenses and deferred income 120 Note 29 Contingent liabilities 120 Note 30 Pledged assets 121 Note 31 Related parties 121 Note 32 Adjustments for non-cash items, etc. 123 Note 33 Subsequent events 123 Parent company Income statement of the parent company 124 Statement of nancial position of the parent company 125 Statement of nancial position of the parent company 126 Cash ow statement for the parent company 127 Accounting principles and notes to the accounts 128 Note 01 General information 128 Note 02 Summary of key accounting principles for the parent company 128 Note 03 Net sales 129 Note 04 Employee remuneration etc. 129 Note 05 Financial income and expense 130 Note 06 Income tax on the prot for the year 131 Note 07 Shares in subsidiaries and associates 131 Note 08 Cash and bank balances 133 Note 09 Share capital 133 Note 10 Equity 133 Note 11 Receivables and liabilities 134 Note 12 Related parties 134 Note 13 Remuneration to auditors 134 Auditor’s report 135 Alternative Performance Measures 140 7575 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Consolidated comprehensive income statement million EUR (except numbers for EPS) Note 2021 2020 Operating income Net sales 5 748.2 462.6 Total operating income 748.2 462.6 Operating expenses Raw materials and consumables 19 -304.9 -181.1 Goods for resale 19 -92.2 -35.3 Other external costs 7, 8, 10 -135.9 -99.4 Personnel costs 6 -116.2 -88.1 Depreciation/amortisation and impairment tangible and intangible assets 12, 13 -37.8 -30.4 Share of income from associated companies 5.7 4.9 Capital gain/loss from sale of asset 1.0 6.3 Total operating expenses -680.4 -423.1 Operating income (EBIT) 67.8 39.5 Financial income 0.4 4.2 Financial expense -19.2 -11.4 Financial income and expense - net 9 -18.8 -7.2 Income before taxes 49.0 32.3 Income tax 11 -14.6 -2.3 Net income for the year 34.4 30.0 million EUR (except numbers for EPS) Note 2021 2020 Other comprehensive income: Items that may later be reclassied to prot and loss Exchange rate dierences 4.1 -4.0 Items that will not be reclassied to prot and loss Remeasurements of net pension obligations 4.0 0.0 Income tax pertinent to remeasurements of net pension obligations -0.8 0.0 Other comprehensive income after tax 7.3 -4.0 Total comprehensive income for the period 41.7 26.0 Net income for the year attributable to: Parent company shareholders 35.7 30.1 Non-controlling interests -1.3 -0.1 Total comprehensive income attributable to: Parent company shareholders 42.9 26.1 Non-controlling interests -1.2 -0.1 Earnings per share: 24 Average number of shares: 153 336 017 141 130 072 Diluted average number of shares: 154 116 368 141 130 072 Earnings per share (EPS), basic (EUR) 0.23 0.21 Earnings per share (EPS), diluted (EUR) 0.23 0.21 Earnings per share (EPS), basic (NOK) 1 2.37 2.27 Earnings per share (EPS), diluted (NOK) 1 2.36 2.27 1 EPS in NOK is calculated using average rates for the period 7676 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Consolidated statement of nancial position million EUR Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 ASSETS Non-current assets Intangible assets Goodwill 113.0 83.8 Other intangible assets 80.3 79.4 Total intangible assets 12 193.3 163.2 Tangible assets Land and buildings 91.3 70.0 Plant and machinery 101.3 80.8 Equipment, tools, xtures and ttings 12.4 10.2 Construction in progress and advance payments for property, plant and equipment 10.1 9.3 Total tangible assets 13 215.1 170.3 Financial assets Shares in associates 16 13.7 8.0 Net pension assets 6.7 3.2 Non-current receivables associates 4.2 4.1 Other non-current receivables 0.1 0.0 Other shares and participations 9.8 9.9 Total nancial assets 34.5 25.2 Deferred tax assets 11 3.0 5.3 Total non-current assets 17 445.9 364.0 million EUR Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Current assets Inventory Raw material and consumables 30.3 22.2 Work-in-progress 3.4 1.6 Finished goods and goods for resale 47.3 33.6 Total inventory 19 81.0 57.4 Current receivables Accounts receivables 18 98.8 58.3 Current tax asset 0.6 2.9 Other current receivables 11.9 6.3 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 20 5.0 2.8 Other nancial assets 0.2 - Cash and cash equivalents 21 142.3 51.4 Total current receivables 17 258.8 121.7 Total current assets 339.8 179.1 TOTAL ASSETS 785.7 543.1 7777 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Consolidated statement of nancial position million EUR Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity Share capital 22 14.8 14.0 Additional paid-in capital 166.9 151.9 Reserves -9.6 -16.8 Accumulated prot (including net prot for the year) 80.3 45.6 Equity attributable to parent company shareholders 252.4 194.7 Non-controlling interests 9.8 0.4 Total Equity 262.2 195.1 LIABILITIES Non-current liabilities Pensions and similar obligations to employees 26 1.4 2.5 Other provisions 27 0.9 0.7 Deferred tax liability 11 26.8 20.9 Non-current bond loan 25 246.1 137.9 Other non-current interest-bearing liabilities 25 75.9 70.2 Other nancial non-current liabilities 17 4.3 - Total non-current liabilities 17 355.4 232.2 million EUR Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Current liabilities Other current interest-bearing liabilities 25 16.7 13.5 Other nancial liabilities 0.2 0.9 Accounts payables 89.7 54.9 Current tax liabilities 8.0 6.6 Other current liabilities 13.2 13.4 Accrued expenses and deferred income 28 40.2 26.5 Total current liabilities 17 168.0 115.8 Total liabilities 523.4 348.0 TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 785.7 543.1 Trondheim, Norway, 26 April 2022 The board of directors and CEO BEWI ASA Gunnar Syvertsen Chair of the Board Anne-Lise Aukner Director Rik Dubbalaere Director Stig Wærnes Director Kristina Schauman Director Christian Bekken CEO 7878 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Consolidated statement of changes in equity million EUR Share capital Additional paid-in capital Reserves Accumulated prot or loss (incl net prot for the year) Total Non-controlling interest Total equity Opening balance as of 1 January 2021 14.0 151.9 -16.8 45.6 194.7 0.4 195.1 Net prot for the year - - - 35.7 35.7 -1.3 34.4 Other comprehensive income - - 7.2 - 7.2 0.1 7.3 Total comprehensive income - - 7.2 35.7 42.9 -1.2 41.7 Transactions with owners, recognised directly in equity New share issue 0.8 21.8 - - 22.7 - 22.7 Transaction cost - -0.7 - - -0.7 - -0.7 Dividend - -6.1 - -0.3 -6.4 - -6.4 Acquisition of non-controlling interest - - - -1.4 -1.4 10.5 9.2 Sharebased payments IFRS 2 - - - 0.7 0.7 - 0.7 Total transactions with shareholders, recognised directly in equity 0.8 15.0 - -1.0 14.8 10.5 25.4 Closing balance as of 31 December 2021 14.8 166.9 -9.6 80.3 252.4 9.8 262.2 Opening balance as of 1 January 2020 0.1 134.4 0.7 15.5 150.7 -0.6 150.1 Net prot for the year - - - 30.1 30.1 -0.1 30.0 Other comprehensive income - - -4.0 - -4.0 - -4.0 Total comprehensive income - - -4.0 30.1 26.1 -0.1 26 Transactions with owners, recognised directly in equity Capital reorganisation 13.5 - -13.5 - - - 0.0 New shares issued for cash 0.4 8.3 - - 8.7 - 8.7 New shares issued as consideration in business combination - 9.5 - - 9.5 - 9.5 Transaction cost - -0.3 - - -0.3 - -0.3 Acquisition of non-controlling interest - - - -0.1 -0.1 1.1 1.0 Sharebased payments IFRS 2 - - - 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 Total transactions with shareholders, recognised directly in equity 13.9 17.5 -13.5 0.0 17.9 1.1 19.0 Closing balance as of 31 December 2020 14.0 151.9 -16.8 45.6 194.7 0.4 195.1 7979 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Consolidated cash ow statement million EUR Note 2021 2020 Operating cash ow Operating income (EBIT) 67.8 39.5 Adjustments for non-cash items, etc. 32 32.6 19.1 Interest paid and nancing costs -17.8 -10.4 Interest received 0.4 0.2 Income tax paid -8.7 -11.9 Operating cash ow before changes to working capital 74.2 36.6 Cash ow from working capital changes Increase/decrease in inventories -14.3 0.2 Increase/decrease in operating receivables -28.2 -5.4 Increase/decrease in inventories in operating debt 35.8 1.7 Total change to working capital -6.8 -3.4 Cash ow from operating activities 67.4 33.2 Cash ow from investment activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 12, 13 -34.7 -26.6 Acquisitions of business 14 -54.0 -10.8 Acquisitions of associated companies 16 -1.1 -0.3 Loans granted to associated companies 16 - -3.2 Other nancial investments -0.5 0.1 Disposals of property, plant and equipment 0.5 43.3 Divestment of business 4.3 - Repayment of loans to associated companies 16 - 0.3 Cash ow from investment activities -85.5 2.7 million EUR Note 2021 2020 Cash ow from nancing activities Borrowings, net of transaction costs 25 248.2 0.4 New share issue, net of transaction costs 22 18.9 8.4 Repayment of borrowings 25 -153.4 -49.5 Dividend -6.4 - Cash ow from nancing activities 107.3 -40.7 Cash ow for the period 89.1 -4.8 Opening cash and cash equivalents 51.4 56.3 Exchange dierence in cash 1.8 0.0 Closing cash and cash equivalents 21 142.3 51.4 8080 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 The group Accounting principles and notes to the accounts Note 01 General information BEWI ASA (the parent company) and its subsidiaries (together, the group) produce, market and sell custom-de- signed packaging solutions and insulation material. The parent company conducts its business through subsidi- aries in Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Norway, Iceland the Netherlands, Belgium, Portugal Spain, Poland, Germany, UK and through associated companies in Germany, France, Czech Republic and the UK. The parent company is a public limited company regis- tered in Norway, with head oce located in Trondheim, Norway, and address Postboks 3009, 7441 Trondheim. BEWI ASA’s registration number is 925 437 948. The board of directors approved these consolidated accountson on the 26 April for publishing on the 27 April 2022. Legal restructuring BEWI ASA was incorporated on 29 July 2020. On 21 August 2020 all of the shares in BEWiSynbra AB were contributed to BEWI ASA against an issuance of shares in BEWI ASA to the shareholders of BEWiSynbra AB (a share exchange), thereby establishing the same shareholder structure in BEWI ASA as in BEWiSynbra immediately before the reor- ganisation. Following the legal restructuring, BEWI ASA has become the new parent company of the group. The reorganisation represents a capital reorganisation and not a business combination. The carrying values of assets and liabilities in BEWiSynbra were recognised in the group (with BEWI ASA as the new parent company) with the same carrying values as in BEWiSynbra in line with prede- cessor accounting (i.e., to continuity) and with no fair value adjustments. Furthermore, as the reorganisation is con- sidered to be a capital reorganisation from an accounting perspective, BEWiSynbra’s historical consolidated nancial statements represent the group’s historical nancial information going forward, and as such these nancial statements reect the group’s historical activities. Note 02 Summary of key accounting principles The key accounting principles applied in these consol- idated accounts are stated below. The principles have consistently been applied for all reported nancial years, unless otherwise specied. All amounts are reported in million Euro, (million EUR), unless otherwise specied. The information in brackets concerns previous years. 2.1 Reasons for the method of preparation of the reports The consolidated accounts for the BEWI ASA group (“BEWI ASA”) have been prepared in accordance with the Norwegian Annual Accounts Act (norsk regnskapslov), and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as well as interpretations from the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC), in the form they have been adopted by the EU. The accounts have been prepared using the cost value principle. Preparing reports compliant to IFRS requires certain estimates for accounting purposes to be made. It requires the executive manage-ment to make certain assessments when applying the group’s accounting principles. The complex areas, areas in which a high degree of assess- ments is required, or in which assumptions and estimates are signicant to the consolidated accounts, are stated in note 4. No new IFRS standards or amendments to standards have been added in 2021 that have required changes in the accounting or meas-urement principles. CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS Basic accounting principles 2.2 Segment reporting Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The Executive Committee is the chief operating decision-maker, responsible for assessing the nancial position of the group and strategic deci- sion-making. The executive management has assessed the operating segments based on the information considered by the board of directors which is the basis of the alloca- tion of resources and assessment of performances. The group has identied four segments to be reported; RAW, Insulation, Packaging & Components and Circular. 8181 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Subsidiaries The subsidiaries are all companies over which the group exercises the controlling inuence. The group controls a company when exposed to or entitled to variable return from its holdings in the company and carries the ability to inuence the return through its control of the company. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated accounts from the date on which the controlling inuence is trans- ferred to the group. They are excluded from the date on which the controlling inuence ceases to be. The acquisition method is applied for accounting for the group’s business combinations. The purchase considera- tion for the acquisition of a subsidiary is made up of the fair value of assets transferred, the group’s liabilities to prior equity holders of the acquired company, and the new shares issued by the group. The consideration also includes the fair value of all liabilities pertinent to a con- tingent considera-tion agreement. Identiable acquired assets and assumed liabilities in a business combination are initially valued at fair value on the acquisition date. For each acquisition, i.e. on an acquisition-to-acquisition basis, the Group determines whether non-controlling interests in the acquired company is reported at fair value or at the proportional share of the reported value of the acquired company’s identiable net assets. Expenses pertinent to an acquisition are carried as an expense as they arise. Each contingent consideration to be transferred by the group is reported at fair value on the acquisition date. Subsequent variations of the fair value of a contingent consideration are reported in accordance with IFRS 9 in the income statement. Goodwill is initially valued to the amount with which the total consideration and any fair value for the non-con- trolling interests on the acquisition date exceeds the fair value of the identiable acquired net assets. Should the consideration be lower than the fair value of the acquired company’s net assets, the dierence is reported in the income statement. Intra-group transactions, balance sheet items, revenue and expenses from intra-group transactions are eliminated. The accounting principles for the subsidiaries have, when applicable, been altered to guarantee a consistent applica- tion of the group’s principles. Associated companies Associated companies are companies over which the group has a signicant but not controlling inuence, which generally is relevant for holdings ranging from 20 per cent to 50 per cent of the votes. Holdings in associated compa- nies are reported using the equity method. The equity method entails initially reporting the holdings in associated companies at the acquisition cost on the consolidated balance sheet. The carrying amount is increased or decreased thereafter, in order to take into account the group’s share of the net prots and other comprehensive income from its associated companies after the acquisition date. The group’s share of the prot forms part of the consolidated net income and the group’s share of the comprehensive income forms part of the group’s comprehensive income. Dividends from associated companies are reported as a reduction to the investment’s carrying amount. Should the group’s share of the loss of an associated company be equal to or exceed the holdings in that associated company (including all long-term liabilities who are de facto part of the group’s net investment in the associated company), the group does not report any more losses, provided that the group has not incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associated company. Unrealised gains on transaction between the group and its associated companies are eliminated to the extent of the group’s holdings in associated companies. Unrealised losses are eliminated, provided that the transaction is not an indication of impairment of the asset being transferred. The accounting principles for associated companies have been adjusted when required in order to guarantee accordance with the group’s accounting principles. 2.3 Translation of currencies Functional currency and presentation currency The units of the group use their local currencies as functional currency as they have been dened as the currencies used in the primary economic environment in which the respective units mainly are active. In the consolidated accounts, Euro (EUR) is utilised, as the group’s presentation currency. Transactions and balance sheet items Transactions in foreign currency are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates on the date of the transaction. Ex-change rate gains and losses arising from payments of such transactions and from translations of monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currency at the rate on the balance sheet day, are reported in the operat- ing income section of the income statement. Exchange rate gains and losses arising from borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are reported in the income statement as nancial incomes and expenses. Translation of foreign group companies Prots and nancial positions for all group companies not using the presentation currency as functional currency are translated to the group’s presentation currency. Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet are translated from the foreign unit’s functional currency to the group’s presenta- tion currency, Euro, at the exchange rate on the balance sheet day. Revenue and expenses for each income state- ment is translated to Euro at the average rate at the time of each transaction. Translation dierences arising from currency translation of foreign operations are reported in other comprehensive income. 2.4 Intangible assets Goodwill Goodwill arises when subsidiaries are acquired and repre- sent the amount with which the purchase consideration exceeds BEWiSynbra’s share of the fair value of identiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired company. In order to recognise impairment need, goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated to cash generating units who are ex-pected to be favoured by the synergies from the acquisition. Each unit or group of units to which goodwill has been allocated represents the lowest level in which the goodwill is monitored in the internal governance. Goodwill is monitored per cash generating unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently should certain events or changes to conditions indicate a possible impairment need. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Any impairment is immediately reported as an expense and is not reversed. 8282 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Patents/ Licences/ IT Patents, licences & IT acquired separately are reported at the acquisition cost. Patents, licences & IT acquired through a business combination are reported at fair value on the acquisition date. IT mainly includes costs for the development of identiable and unique software products controlled by the company. Patents, licences & IT carry a useful life and are reported at the acquisition cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Customer relations, trademark and technology These intangible assets have all been acquired through business combinations and are reported at fair value on the acquisition date. Customer relations and technology have a xed useful life and are for subsequent periods reported at the acquisition cost less accumulat-ed amor- tisation and impairment. The useful life of trademarks acquired through business combinations is evaluated and determined in each acquisition. Net cash ows generated by trademarks are not expected to cease in the foreseeable future. The trademarks in the groups balance sheet is therefore deemed to carry an indenite useful life. Trademarks and goodwill are tested annually for impair- ment as described above. Trademarks are for subsequent periods reported at the acquisition cost less any write- down from impairment. Useful lives for the group’s intangible assets: Patents/Licences 5 yr. Customer relations 8–15 yr. Technology 6.5–10 yr. 2.5 Tangible assets Tangible assets are reported at the acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and write-down from impairment. Expenses directly attributable to the acquisi- tion may be included in the acquisition cost. Incremental costs are either added to the asset’s carrying amount or reported as a separate asset, as appropriate. Assets are only added in the event that their future economic benets will be of use to the group and that the acquisition cost can be reliably measured. The carrying amount of a replaced com- ponent is taken o the balance sheet. Other maintenance and reparations are reported as expenses in the income statement during the period in which they arise. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation of other assets is recognised on a straight-line basis over the useful life to the calculated residual value. Such depreciations are carried out accord- ing to the following: Buildings 10–65 yr. Frameworks, foundations 64–84 yr. Frame supplements, interior walls 50 yr. Heating, sanitary, electricity, front, roof 40 yr. Interior surface nish/rental preparation 10 yr. Ventilation 20 yr. Elevator/transportation 25 yr. Control system and surveillance 15 yr. Other property components 50 yr. Ground installations (facilities) 20 yr. Plant and machinery 5–18 yr. Equipment, tools, xtures and ttings 3–10 yr. The assets’ residual value and useful life are assessed at the end of each reporting period and are adjusted when required. An asset’s carrying amount is immediately impaired to the recoverable amount when the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Gains and losses arising from a disposal of a tangible asset are determined through comparing the sale proceeds to the carrying amount. 2.6 Impairment of non-nancial assets Intangible assets with an indenite useful life are not amortised but are assessed annually to determine the impairment need. Depreciat-ed and amortised assets are assessed with respect to the impairment if events or changed conditions indicate that the carrying amount is not recoverable. Impairments are undertaken for the amount with which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is equal to the higher of the asset’s fair value less selling expenses and its value in use. Assets are grouped at the lowest level of separate identiable cash ows (cash generating units), when assessing the impairment need. Assets previously impaired, other than goodwill, are assessed for reversal for each balance sheet day. 2.7 Inventory The inventory is reported at the lower of the acquisition cost and the realisable value. The acquisition cost is determined through the rst-in-rst-out method. The acquisition cost also includes expenses relating to the acquisition, as well as for bringing the goods to their current location and condition. The acquisition cost for the company’s semi-nished or nished products is the sum of the direct production costs and the production overhead (based on normal production capacity). 2.8 Financial instruments Financial instruments recur in several dierent balance sheet items and are described below. 2.8.1 Classication The group classies its nancial assets and liabilities in the following categories: Financial assets at fair value through prot and loss, nancial assets measured at amortised cost, nancial liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss and nancial liabilities measured at amortised cost. The classication is chosen in accordance with the purpose of obtaining the nancial asset or liability. Financial assets at fair value through prot and loss Financial assets at fair value through prot and loss are shares and participations other than shares in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. The shares in KMC Properties ASA, listed on Oslo stock exchange are included in this category. Derivatives are recognised at fair value through prot and loss. Positive fair value changes in derivatives are reported as nancial assets. Financial assets measured at amortised cost Financial assets measured at amortised cost are nancial instruments where the business model is to collect cash ows. The contractual cash ows are solely payments of principal and interest and are valued at amortised cost in accordance with the eective interest meth-od. Accounts receivables are included in this category. Financial liabilities at fair value through prot and loss Financial liabilities at fair value through prot and loss are normally limited to derivatives and earnouts from business acquisitions. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are all other nancial instruments, such as the bond loans, liabilities to credit institutions, liabilities regarding nancial leasing and account payables. 8383 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2.8.2 Reporting and valuation Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all nancial assets not at fair value through prot and loss. Financial assets at fair value through prot and loss are initially recognised at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement. Financial assets are recognised when the group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Regular purchases and sales of nancial assets are recognised on the settlement date. Financial assets are removed from the balance sheet when the right to obtain cash ows from the instrument has expired and the group has transferred all essential risk and benets in conjunction with the ownership. Financial liabilities are recognised when the group becomes bound to the contractual obli- gations of the instrument. Financial liabilities are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation under the agreement is completed or otherwise extin-guished. Loans and receivables and other nancial liabilities are, after the acquisition date, reported at the amortised cost calculated using the eective interest method. 2.8.3 Osetting nancial instruments Financial assets and liabilities are oset and reported with a net amount on the balance sheet, only when there is a legal right to oset the carrying amounts and an intention to settle them with a net amount or to simultaneously realise the asset and settle the debt. 2.8.4 Impairments of nancial instrument At each balance sheet date, nancial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for impairment based on Expected Credit Losses (ECL). ECLs are the dierence between all contractual cash ows that are due in accordance with the contract and all the cash ows that the group expects to receive, discounted at the original eective interest rate. Allowances for trade receivables are always equal to lifetime ECL. 2.9 Account receivables Account receivables are nancial instruments that include amounts payable by customers for operationally sold goods and services. They are classied as current assets when payment is expected within a year. Should payment be expected beyond that period, they are reported as non-current assets. Account receivables are initially reported at fair value, subsequently at amortised cost calculated using the eective interest method less any provisions for impairment. 2.10 Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include, on the balance sheet as well as in the cash ow statement, cash and bank balances. 2.11 Share capital Ordinary shares are classied as equity. Transaction costs directly attributable to the new issue of ordinary shares are reported in equity net after tax as a deduction from the proceeds from the issue. 2.12 Account payables Account payables are nancial instruments in conjunction with obligations to pay for goods and services for opera- tions acquired from the suppliers. Account payables are reported as current liabilities when they mature within a year. Should they mature beyond that period, they are reported as long-term liabilities. Account payables are initially reported at fair value and subsequently at amor- tised cost using the eective interest method. 2.12 Borrowings Liabilities to credit institutions and liabilities to associated companies are initially reported at fair value, net after transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Any dierence between the obtained amount (net after transaction cost) and the repayment amount is reported in the income statement distributed over the loan period, using the eective interest method. Bank overdraft facilities are reported as liabilities to credit institutions in the current liabilities section of the balance sheet. 2.13 Provisions Provisions are reported when the group is legally or constructively obligated following prior events, wherever probable that an outow of resources is required to clear the commitment and the amount is reliably calculated. Provided that similar commitments exist, the probability of an outow of resources at the clearing to be required is assessed for the entire group of similar commitments. A provision is reported even in the event of low probability of an outow regarding a particular item in the group of commitments. The provisions are reported at the present value of the amount expected to be required for fullling the obligation. A discount rate before tax is utilised hereby, reecting the current market assessment of the time-dependent value of money and risks connected to the provision. The increase of provision pertinent to the passing of time is reported as an interest expense. 2.14 Current and deferred tax The period’s tax expenses include current and deferred tax. The current tax expense is calculated on the basis of the tax regulations in force on the balance sheet day in the countries in which the parent company and its subsidiaries are active and generate taxable revenue. Deferred tax is reported, in accordance with the balance sheet method, for all temporary dierences between the written-down value of assets and liabilities and the carrying amount of the consolidated accounts. Deferred tax is calculated with the application of the tax rates in force on the balance sheet day and the rates expected to be in force when the tax asset is realised or the tax liability is cleared. De-ferred tax assets on carry forwards are reported to the extent likely that future scal surplus will be available, against which the decits may be exploited. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are oset in the event of a legal right to oset for the tax referrals in question, the tax deferrals are attributable to taxes debited by one tax authority, apply to one or several tax subjects and there is an intention to clear the balances through net payments. 2.15 Employee remuneration Pension commitments The group has several post-employment benet plans, including dened benet plans, of which the majority of the pension schemes are dened contribution plans. A dened contribution plan is a pension plan according to which the group pays a xed fee to a separate legal entity. The group carries no legal or constructive obligations to pay additional fees should the entity lack sucient resources to remunerate all employees what they are due as a result of their service, in the current or prior periods. The fee is reported as a personnel cost when matured. A dened benet plan is a pension plan without dened contribution. Dened benet plans normally set out an amount for the employee to receive upon retirement, nor-mally based on one or several factors such as age, period of service and salary. The group provides dened benet plans for a limited number of people, in Finland, in the UK, and in Norway. These plans are further described in note 26. In addition, the group provides other long-term 8484 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 benets in the Netherlands for long-term service (Jubilee fund), calculated in the same manner as a dened benet plan. The liability reported on the balance sheet in conjunction with the dened benet pension plan is the present value of the dened benet commitment at the end of the reporting period less the plan assets’ fair value. The dened benet pension commitment is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the dened benet liability is determined through discounting future estimated cash ows using the interest rate for investment grade corpo-rate bonds or housing bonds issued in the same currency as the benets, with terms comparable to the pension commitment in question. The net interest is calculated by applying discounted interest charges to dened benet plans and for the fair value of the plan assets. The current service cost is included in the personnel costs and the net interest among nancial items. Revaluation gains and losses as a result of adjustments in accordance with experience and changes to actuarial estimates are reported in other comprehensive income for the period during which they arise. They are part of the prot carried forward in the changes to consolidated equity and the balance sheet. Costs for service in prior periods are reported in the income statement. Compensation at termination of employment Compensation at termination of employment is due when an employee’s employment is terminated by the group before the normal time of retirement or when an employee accepts voluntary withdrawal in exchange for such compensation. The group reports compensations at termination at the rst of these points of time: a) when the group no longer has the option to withdraw the com- pensation oer and; and b) when the company reports expenses for a restructuring within the scope of IAS 37 and implies payments of severance. Compensa-tions at termi- nation are calculated based on the number of employees expected to accept the oer encouraging voluntary withdrawal, in the event that such an oer has been made. Benets maturing more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted at present value. Share based payments In 2020, the parent company BEWI ASA implemented a share-based incentive programme, entitling the par- ticipants to subscribe for shares in BEWI ASA during a three-year period. The fair value of the share options issued is determined at the grant date in accordance with the Black & Scholes valuation model, tak-ing into consideration the terms and conditions that are related to the share price. The value is recognised in the income statement as a personnel cost allocated over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. The recognised cost corresponds to the fair value of the estimated number of share options that are expected to vest. This cost is ad-justed in subsequent periods to reect the actual number of vested options and shares. 2.16 Revenue recognition The group follows a ve-step model for recognising income that is based on when control of a good or service is passed to the customer. The core principle is that an entity is to recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services in an amount that reects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ve-step model comprises the following steps: Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer, Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract, Step 3: Determine the transaction price, Step 4: Allocate the transaction price and Step 5: Recognise revenue – over time or point in time. As to Step 5, revenue is recognised when a company has satised a performance obligation, which is when control of the underlying goods or services has been passed to the customer. The amount recognised as revenue corresponds to the amount allocated to the satis-ed performance obligations. A performance obligation can be satised over time or at a point in time. Revenue is recognised over time if the customer simultaneously receives and consumes all of the benets provided by the company as the company performs; the company’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls; or the company’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the company and the company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. If a perfor-mance obligation does not meet one of these criteria to be recognised over time, revenue is recognised at one specic point in time. This takes place when control of a good or service is passed to the customer. Factors that may indicate the point in time at which control passes include: the company has transferred physical possession of the asset; the company has a present right to payment for the asset; the customer has accepted the good or service; the customer has the signicant risks and rewards related to the ownership of the asset; and the customer has legal title to the asset. BEWI sells products for insulation for the construction industry as well as packaging solutions for the manufactur- ing industry and food producers. Virtually all of these sales transactions meet the denition of a point in time revenue recognition. The sales are reported as revenue when a group company has delivered the product to a customer. Delivery is deemed to have taken place when the products have arrived at the indicated location, as dened by the shipment terms. 2.17 Interest revenue Interest revenue is reported using the eective interest method. 2.18 Leases According to IFRS 16 a lessee recognises a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability rep-resenting its obligation to make lease payments. Each lease payment is apportioned to interest and amor- tisation of the lease liability. The interest is recognised as a nancial expense in income statement, apportioned over the lease term so that each period is charged with an amount reecting a xed interest rate on the underlying lease liability. The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which reects the value of the lease liability, plus any initial direct expenditure, plus obligations for disassembly, removal or recovery at the end of the lease. In general, the right-of-use asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or, given an option to extend, the period during the lessee expects to use the asset. The group has decided to apply the practical expedients for short-term leases and low-value assets. This means that contracts with shorter maturities than 12 months and leases of low value (value of assets when it is new of less than EUR 5000) are not included in the calculation of right-of-use assets or leasing liabilities but continue to be reported with straight-line expense over the lease term. 8585 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Examples of low value assets are computers, printers and copiers. Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of future lease payments. Lease payments are discounted by the lease’s implicit interest rate, if the implicit interest rate can be easily determined, but the typical method is for the group to use the incremental borrowing rate. Future lease payments calculated at present value consist of xed payments. Lease liabilities that fall due within 12 months are classied as current liabilities and liabilities that fall due after 12 months as non-current liabilities. Upon determin- ing the term for a lease, extension options are taken into account if it is likely that they will be exercised. 2.19 Government grants Government grants are recognised when there is a reason- able assurance that the grants will be received and that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to them. Government grants are recognised in prot or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the related expenses, which the grants are intended to compensate for, are recognised. Government grants are recognised as a reduction of such related expenses. Government grants received for investments are recognised in the balance sheet as a reduction of the booked value of the asset. 2.20 Dividends Dividends to the parent company’s shareholders are reported as liabilities in the consolidated nancial reports for the period in which the dividends have been approved by the parent company’s shareholders. 2.21 Cash ow statement Cash ow statement is prepared using the indirect method. The reported cash ow solely contains transac- tions giving rise to payments. Note 03 Financial risk management 3.1 Financial risk factors The group is through its activities exposed to several dierent risks: market risks (currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The group’s comprehensive nancial risk management is focused on the unpredictability of the nancial markets and strives to minimise any adverse eect on the consolidated prots. The use of derivative nancial instruments has so far been limited to mitigation of currency exposure on intra-group borrowing and lending. The risk management is controlled by the central nance department and the treasury function within that department. The nance department identies, evaluates and hedges nancial risks in close cooperation with the group’s operative units. Currency risk The group operates in the Nordic countries, in the Euro area, in Poland and in the UK and is mainly exposed to cur- rency risk arising from currency exposure to the Swedish Krona (SEK), the Danish Krona (DKK) and the Norwegian Krona (NOK). The group is also to a minor extent exposed to the Polish Zloty (PLN) and to British Pound (GBP). Currency risks arise from both transaction exposure and translation exposure. Transaction exposure should, when possible, be centralised to Sweden and managed by the group’s central treasury function. Transaction exposure Transaction exposure arises when revenues and costs are incurred in dierent currencies and exposes the group to changes in net cash ow due to uctuations in exchange rates. This is applicable to both operational cash ows and to nancial commitments that will end in a cash outow. Transaction exposure also arises on fair value changes on existing balance sheet items in foreign currency, such as trade receivables and liabilities and borrowing and lending, when these items are remeasured on the balance sheet date or when settled. The biggest transaction exposure to operational cash ows is attributable to raw material purchases in Sweden and Norway, which are done in EUR. As DKK is pegged to the EUR, Denmark is not subject to that same exposure. In addition, there is also a minor exposure between GBP and EUR from sales in the UK to the continent and the sales of raw material from the continent to the United Kingdom. In the Polish operation, revenue and much of the costs are mainly denominated in EUR, thereby largely achieving a natural hedge. The biggest fair value exposure on the balance sheet is related to intra-group loans, mainly EUR denominated, from Sweden to its subsidiaries. However, the main sources of funding for the group, the bond loan and the overdraft facility, are denominated in EUR to match the intragroup loans to subsidiaries predominately located in the Euro area. The following measures are taken by BEWI to reduce the transaction exposure: • For raw material purchases from the Euro area into the Nordics, price and currency clauses are in general incorporated into customer agreements. • Intra-group trade receivables and liabilities should be settled within a limited time-frame. • The group’s external borrowing should be matched to the currency of intra-group lending to subsidiaries. • Bank balances in foreign currency should be exchanged to local currency as soon as possible. 8686 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Transaction exposure to operational cash ows are only to a limited extent hedged by using derivatives. However, to the extent that there is a major net exposure in any currency from borrowing and lending, that balance sheet exposure should be hedged by using forward contracts or swaps. Net balance sheet exposure has been managed by a combination short-term derivatives and long-term derivatives, depending on the nature of the exposure. The net fair value of derivate contracts used for hedging EUR transaction exposure, as of 31 December, is presented in the table below. million EUR 0-6 months 3-4 yr. 4-5 yr. As of 31 Dec 2021 Derivative asset 0.2 - - Derivative liability -0.2 -0.2 -0.3 Total -0.0 -0.2 -0.3 As of 31 Dec 2020 Derivative liability -0.9 - - Total -0.9 - - Translation exposure Translation exposure arises when the income statements and balance sheets of foreign operations are translated to EUR, the presentation currency of the group’s nancial statements. The reported net sales and prot of the group, as well as the net assets of the group, are consequently exposed to changes in exchange rates between EUR and the currencies of the group’s foreign operations. The translation exposure is not hedged, but the group strives to have a balance in major currencies between net debt, equity and EBITDA to reduce volatility in the balance sheet and key nancial ratios. A sensitivity analysis shows that if EUR would have uctu- ated by 5 per cent against all other currencies in the group, the impact on net prot would have been +/- EUR 0.7 million in 2021 (EUR 0.3 million). This assumes that all other variables are held constant and ignores any compensating eects from transaction exposure, for example the impact from raw material purchases. Interest rate risk Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will have a negative impact on cash ow or fair value of nancial assets and liabilities. Cash ow risk arises from changes in variable interest rates, whereas fair value risk arises from changes in xed interest rates. It is the policy of the group to limit the interest rate risk to cash ow risk by restricting the allowed average interest duration for both borrowing and nancial investments. The group’s borrow- ing is primarily exposed to changes in Euribor through the bond loan, as further outlined in Note 25 Borrowings. The group’s lending, limited to loans to associated companies, is exposed to changes in Euribor, as described in Note 16 Investments in associated companies. In the event that the interest rate would uctuate up or down by 50 basis points, all other variables held constant, the impact on net prot would have been +/- EUR 0.8 million in 2021 (EUR 0.8 million). Price risk The group is exposed to price risks in relation to share- holdings other than shares held in group companies or associated companies. Such other shareholdings are valued at fair value. The exposure is mainly related to shares in KMC Properties ASA, a company listed on Oslo Børs. These shares were part of the consideration received in the sale and leaseback transaction in the Netherlands in 2020. Lastly, the corporate bonds are listed on Nasdaq Stockholm, and the group is therefore exposed to uctu- ations of the market value if the repurchase clause in the bond agreement would be utilised. Credit risk Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty in a nan- cial transaction may not full its obligations. It is a risk applicable to trade receivables, lending and to cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks are managed by the central treasury function, except for credit risks related to accounts receivables, which are managed locally by the subsidiaries or business units. Each subsidiary or business unit shall monitor and analyse the credit risks for each new customer before standard terms for payment and delivery are oered. If customers are credit rated by independent credit rating agencies, these credit ratings are utilised. In the event that no independent credit rating exists, the group company undertakes a risk assessment of the customer’s credit- worthiness, in which the customer’s nancial position is considered, as well as previous experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are determined on the basis of internal or external credit ratings. The application of credit limits is monitored regularly. The credit-term is normally 30 days, but both shorter and longer terms are applied, depending on the customer and local practices. A breakdown of maturity for accounts receivables, as well as description of the principles for estimating credit losses, are presented in note 18 Accounts receivables. To minimise the credit risk for cash and cash equivalents, only banks and nancial institutions with a credit rating of “A” or higher rating from independent credit rating agen- cies are accepted. In terms of other short-term investments of surplus liquidity, the lowest rating required is K-1. The maximum credit risk exposure corresponds to the nancial assets presented in note 17 Financial instruments per category. Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the group does not have access to adequate nancing on acceptable terms at any given point in time. This requires a combination of short-term monitoring of cash ow and securing long-term nancing of the group. Cash ow forecasts are prepared by the group’s operating companies and are closely monitored by the treasury department. The group should always have a sucient liquidity reserve to meet the short-term operating needs, dened as a certain number of months of xed and semi-xed costs. In order to balance seasonal eects in operating cash ow, mainly related to change in working capital, the group has secured an overdraft facility. In connection with the renancing in 2021, the total overdraft facility was extended to EUR 80 million from SEK 375 million (equivalent of EUR 37.4 million as of 31 December 2020) and is now provided by two banks. The facility runs for two years until 2023 and includes the option to extend the facility further in time. For the long-term nancing of the group, BEWI has issued a EUR 250 million ve year sustainability linked bond that matures on 3 September 2026, with a possibility for BEWI to unilaterally decide on an early redemption after 3 March 8787 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2025 of 50 per cent of the bonds outstanding at that date. This bond loan was issued in connection with the renancing in 2021, when the EUR 75 million bond loan and the EUR 65 million bond loan, due in 2022 and 2023 respectively, were redeemed. A detailed description of the terms for the bond loans is given in note 25 Borrowings. In addition to the centrally negotiated borrowing, there are also a few liabilities to credit institutions and overdraft facilities in companies acquired, that have not been subject renancing post acquisition. The amounts in the table below are the agreed, undiscounted cash ows. As of 31 Dec 2021 million EUR <1 yr. 1–2 yr. 2–5 yr. >5 yr. Bond loans - - 250.0 - Liabilities to credit institutions 3.0 2.7 7.1 - Overdraft 0.8 - - - Accounts payables 89.7 - - - Liabilities leases 14.8 13.3 33.5 40.9 Total 108.3 16.0 290.6 40.9 As of 31 Dec 2020 million EUR <1 yr. 1–2 yr. 2–5 yr. >5 yr. Bond loans - 75.0 65.0 - Liabilities to credit institutions 0.8 0.7 0.1 0.2 Overdraft 0.4 - - - Accounts payables 54.9 - - - Liabilities leases 14.9 13.0 30.8 48.4 Total 71.0 88.7 95.9 48.6 The undiscounted cash ow for liabilities leases correspond to the future lease payments reected in the calculation of the discounted lease liability in accordance with IFRS 16. 3.2 Fair value The table below presents the fair value of nancial instruments measured at fair value though prot and loss, or, which is the case with the bond loans, fair value of nancial instruments measured at amortised cost. The carrying amount of the group’s other nancial assets and liabilities is considered to constitute a good approximation of fair value, since they carry oating interest rates or are of a current nature. As of 31 Dec 2021 Carrying amountmillion EUR Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial assets measured at fair value through prot and loss Participation in other companies 9.2 - 0.6 9.8 9.8 Derivative asset - 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 Total 9.2 0.2 0.6 10.0 10.0 Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Bond loan 252.5 - - 252.5 246.1 Total 252.5 - - 252.5 246.1 Financial liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss Derivative liability - 0.7 - 0.7 0.7 Other nancial non-current liabilities - 3.8 3.8 3.8 Total - 0.7 3.8 4.5 4.5 8888 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 As of 31 Dec 2020 Carrying amountmillion EUR Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial assets measured at fair value through prot and loss Participation in other companies 9.6 - 0.3 9.9 9.9 Total 9.6 - 0.3 9.9 9.9 Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Bond loans 141.2 - - 141.2 137.9 Total 141.2 - - 141.2 137.9 Financial liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss Derivative liability - 0.9 - 0.9 0.9 Total - 0.9 - 0.9 0.9 Level 1 – Listed prices (unadjusted) on an active market for identical assets and liabilities. Level 2 – Other observable data for the asset or liability that is listed prices included at level 1, either directly (as price) or indirectly (derived from price). Level 3 – Data for the asset or liability that is not based observable market data. Level 3 – Changes during the period, million EUR Participation in other companies Other nancial non-current liabilities As of 31 Dec 2020 0.3 - Acquisitions 0.5 3.8 Fair value adjustment through prot and loss -0.2 - As of 31 Dec 2021 0.6 3.8 Other nancial non-current liabilities of EUR 3.8 million corresponds to the estimated value of the option to acquire non- controlling interest in BEWI Cellpack A/S (former Honeycomb Cellpack A/S), as further outlined in note 14. Level 3 – Changes during the period, million EUR Participation in other companies As of 31 Dec 2019 0.2 Exchange rate dierences 0.1 Acquisitions 1.3 Divestments -1.3 As of 31 Dec 2020 0.3 In 2020, EUR 0.1 million in capital gain was recognised from the sale of participations in other companies, acquired during the year. 8989 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 3.3 Capital management The group’s capital is dened as capital employed, which comprises total equity and net debt. The objective for the capital structure is to guarantee the group’s capacity to continue its operations and to support a protable growth through a combi- nation of M&A activities and organic growth, with the aim to continue generating return to shareholders and benets to other stakeholders. This should be achieved through an optimal capital structure that reduces the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may: alter the dividend to shareholders, reimburse capital to shareholders, issue new shares, raise new loans or dispose of assets. The capital is assessed on the basis of the return on capital employed. Net debt is dened as interest-bearing liabilities less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt is calculated both with and without the eect from IFRS 16 Leases, as the covenants stated in the revolving credit facility agreement and the bond loan agreement are based on a net debt calculation excluding the eect of IFRS 16. For the sake of calculating capital employed, net debt includes the eect of IFRS 16. For more information on the components of interest-bearing liabilities, please refer to note 25. Return on capital employed is calculated as rolling 12 months adjusted EBITA (earnings before interest, tax and amortisations after adding back items aecting comparability) as a percentage of average capital employed during the same period, where the average is calculated with each quarter during the measurement period as a measuring point. million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Total interest-bearing liabilities (A) 338.7 221.6 Cash and cash equivalents (B) 142.3 51.4 Net debt including IFRS 16 (A-B) 196.4 170.2 Eect of IFRS 16 leasing liabilities (C) 76.1 78.5 Net debt excluding IFRS 16 (A-B-C) 120.3 91.7 Total equity (D) 262.2 195.1 Capital employed (A-B+D) 382.5 365.3 Average capital employed (E) 409.6 322.0 Adjusted EBITA (F) 78.8 40.8 Return on capital employed (F/E) 19.2% 12.6% The increase in net debt from 2020 to 2021 is mainly attributable to the business acquisitions during the year. The increase in capital employed from 2020 to 2021 was further impacted by the increase in equity, to a large extent attributable to the prot for the year and the new shares issues. Return on capital employed increased from 2020 to 2021, explained by higher prots in operations, with a positive contribution from both organic growth and acquisitions. 9090 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 04 Critical accounting estimates and assessments Estimates and assessments are continuously evaluated and are prepared on the basis of historical experience and other factors, including expectations regarding future events deemed reasonable under existing condition. 4.1 Critical accounting estimates and assessments The group makes estimates and assumptions about the future. Accounting estimates will, by denition, rarely be equivalent to the actual result. The estimates and assump- tions contain a signicant risk for material adjustments to carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during the following nancial years are outlined below. (a) Inventory obsolescence The inventory is valued at the acquisition cost, in accord- ance with the rst-in-rst-out method. The acquisition costs for the company’s semi-nished or nished products are generally calculated as the sum of raw material carried forward, other direct production costs and a reasonable production overhead (based on normal production capac- ity). When assessing whether obsolescence of the goods should be calculated during the manufacturing process or when the goods is nished, the executive management has concluded that no obsolescence is in question for the company’s products, seeing as they are standard products with a high turnover rate, products only manufactured following a customer order and that any defect goods may be restored to raw material and thereby be reused. The carrying amount for the inventory amounts to EUR 81.0 million as of 31 December 2021 (57.4). (b) Consideration of impairment need of goodwill and trademarks The group examines annually whether any impairment need for goodwill or trademarks is at hand, in accord- ance with the accounting principle set out in note 2. Recoverable amounts have been determined on the basis of calculations of values in use. These calculations include certain estimates to be carried out (see note 12 Intangible assets). (c) Pension benets The present value of the pension commitment is pertinent to several factors determined on an actuarial basis using a number of assumptions. The assumptions utilised to deter- mine the net cost (revenue) for pension benets include the discount rate. Each change to these assumptions will aect the pension commitments’ carrying amounts. The group stipulates the appropriate discount rate at the end of each year. This will be the rate utilised for determining the present value of assessed future payments expected to be required in order to clear the pension commitment. When determining the appropriate discount rate, the group considers the rates of the investment grade corpo- rate bonds issued in the same currency as the benets, with terms comparable to the pension commitment in question. Other critical assumptions with regard to the pension commitment are in part based on existing market conditions. Additional information is given in note 26. Note 05 Net sales distribution and segment information Operating segments are reported in a manner that corresponds with the internal reporting submitted to the chief operating decision maker. The Executive Committee constitutes the chief operating decision maker for the BEWI group and takes strategic decisions in addition to evaluat- ing the group´s nancial position and earnings. Group management has determined the operating segments based on the information that is reviewed by the Executive Committee and used for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. The Executive Committee assesses the operations based on four operating segments: RAW, Insulation, Packaging & Components and Circular. As from Q3 2021 Circular is reported as a separate segment. It was until then included in Unallocated. The comparative numbers have been updated accordingly. Sales between segments take place on market terms. million EUR 2021 2020 RAW Segment revenue 347.9 191.2 Intra-group revenue -104.6 -56.5 Revenue from external customers 243.3 134.7 Insulation Segment revenue 195.4 146.6 Intra-group revenue -2.8 -2.4 Revenue from external customers 192.7 144.1 Packaging & Components Segment revenue 295.6 179.9 Intra-group revenue -6.9 -2.3 Revenue from external customers 288.7 177.6 Circular Segment revenue 24.0 6.3 Intra-group revenue -0.6 -0.2 Revenue from external customers 23.4 6.1 9191 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 million EUR 2021 2020 Unallocated Segment revenue 0.1 0.0 Intra-group revenue 0.0 0.0 Revenue from external customers 0.1 0.0 Total Total segment revenue 863.1 524.1 Total intra-group revenue -114.9 -61.5 Total revenue from external customers 748.2 462.6 Adjusted EBITDA 1 RAW 54.1 9.4 Insulation 21.6 26.5 Packaging & Components 40.3 34.1 Circular 0.6 -1.2 Unallocated -7.6 -3.9 Total adjusted EBITDA 109.0 65.0 EBITDA RAW 54.2 9.9 Insulation 22.5 32.4 Packaging & Components 39.9 36.2 Circular 0.3 -1.3 Unallocated -11.4 -7.3 Total EBITDA 105.5 70.0 million EUR 2021 2020 EBITA RAW 50.0 6.2 Insulation 14.6 25.0 Packaging & Components 23.3 23.9 Circular -0.7 -1.7 Unallocated -11.8 -7.7 Total EBITA 75.4 45.8 EBIT RAW 49.6 5.8 Insulation 12.6 23.1 Packaging & Components 18.8 20.4 Circular -0.7 -1.7 Unallocated -12.6 -8.2 Total EBIT 67.8 39.5 Net nancial items -18.8 -7.2 Income before tax 49.0 32.3 1 Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisations (i.e. items aecting comparability and deviations are added back). Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding earnings adjusted for items that aect comparability. For more information see section “Alternative performance measures not dened by IFRS”. 9292 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Specication of impact from specic amounts on the segmentation 2021 2020 Share of income from associated companies Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Insulation 4.7 1.5 Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Packaging & Components 0.0 -0.2 Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Circular 0.0 - Capital gain/loss from sale of assets EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Insulation 0.9 3.4 EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Packaging & Components 0.0 2.3 EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for RAW 0.1 0.6 EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Circular -0.1 - EBITDA, EBITA and EBIT for Unallocated 0.0 - Impairment tangible xed assets EBITA and EBIT for Insulation - -1.2 EBITA and EBIT for Packaging & Components -0.8 - EBITA and EBIT for RAW -0.2 - EBITA and EBIT for Circular 0.0 - Net sales per country External Segment revenue by country (selling company’s sales) 2021 2020 RAW Total Finland 125.8 67.6 Total Netherlands 117.5 67.0 Total RAW 243.3 134.7 Packaging & Components and Insulation Total Finland 21.3 15.9 Total Sweden 57.1 52.3 Total Denmark 70.3 53.6 Total Norway 164.9 75.7 Total Netherlands & Belgium 129.8 106.0 Total Portugal & Spain 21.8 18.2 Total Germany 6.6 - Total Polen 9.6 - Total P&C and Insulation 481.4 321.7 Circular Total Belgium 2.6 2.0 Total Sweden 6.3 0.9 Total Denmark 2.2 0.7 Total Norway 0.1 0.2 Total Netherlands 3.4 2.1 Total Portugal 6.6 0.1 Total United Kingdom 2.2 - Total Circular 23.4 6.1 Total Group 748.2 462.6 9393 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Net sales per country (Customers’ geography) 2021 2020 Total Finland 34.0 27.4 Total Sweden 62.2 49.4 Total Denmark 61.9 47.3 Total Norway 154.1 81.0 Total Portugal & Spain 45.0 26.0 Total Iceland 22.0 7.4 Total Baltics 14.3 8.4 Total UK 20.2 10.8 Total Germany 58.0 35.9 Total Poland 39.0 16.8 Total Russia 29.2 13.2 Total Netherlands 117.3 94.2 Total Belgium 13.6 8.9 Total France 28.4 11.9 Total Other 49.2 24.0 Total Group 748.2 462.6 Note 06 Employee remuneration etc. million EUR 2021 2020 Salary and other remuneration -82.5 -65.0 Social security expenses -12.5 -7.9 Pension costs – dened contribution plans -8.0 -6.3 Pension costs – dened benet plans -0.1 -0.1 Total remunerations to employees -103.1 -79.2 The costs in the table above reects costs for own employees. Salary and other remunerations and pension costs for directors of the board, CEO’s and other senior executives 2021 2020 Salary and other remunerations -1.9 -2.7 Bonus -0.5 -0.6 Pension costs -0.4 -0.3 The Group in total -2.8 -3.6 9494 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Average number of employees with geographical breakdown by country 2021 2020 Average number of employees Whereof men Average number of employees Whereof men Sweden 199 137 209 145 Finland 154 126 147 122 Denmark 287 187 240 160 Norway 237 180 153 117 Island 14 11 5 5 Netherlands 329 297 426 390 Belgium 16 15 8 7 Portugal 208 124 177 95 Spain 5 4 5 4 Poland 136 87 - - Germany 73 49 - - UK 4 2 - - The Group in total 1662 1219 1371 1045 Remuneration to senior executives The senior executives comprise of the board of directors, CEO of BEWI ASA Group and managers in the executive management directly reporting to the CEO and remunerations for those applies to: BEWI ASA 1 Jan 2021–31 Dec 2021 1 Sep 2020–31 Dec 2020 million EUR Basic salary incl. benets/ board fees Variable remuneration Retirement compensation Basic salary incl. benets/ board fees Variable remuneration Retirement compensation Board of Directors 5 members of the board, whereof 2 women Gunnar Syvertsen (chairman) 0.07 - - 0.02 - - Stig Waernes 0.02 - - - - - Christina Schauman 0.05 - - 0.01 - - Ann-Lise Aukner 0.04 - - 0.01 - - Rik Dobbeleare 0.02 - - - - - Total 0.19 - - 0.05 - - CEO Christian Bekken (From 1 Sep 2020–) 0.24 0.09 0.00 0.06 0.02 - Other Senior Executives Jonas Siljeskär 0.28 0.14 0.08 0.09 0.07 0.02 Marie Danielsson 0.27 0.10 0.08 0.10 0.20 0.02 Total 0.79 0.33 0.16 0.26 0.29 0.04 Consultancy services board members Gunnar Syvertsen 0.10 - - 0.02 - - 9595 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Remuneration to senior executives The table below presents the remuneration to senior executives and the board of directors prior to the legal restructuring in August 2020, when BEWI ASA became the new parent company of the group. The table therefore presents the composition of senior executives and board of directors when BEWiSynbra Group AB was the parent company. The senior executives comprise of the board of directors, the CEO of BEWiSynbra Group and managers in the executive management directly reporting to the CEO and remunerations for those applies to: BEWISynbra Group, 8 months for 2020 1 Jan 2020–31 Aug 2020 million EUR Basic salary incl. benets/ board fees Variable remuneration Retirement compensation Board of Directors 6 members of the board, whereof 1 woman Gunnar Syvertsen (chairman) 0.03 - - Christian Bekken 0.01 - - Göran Vikström 0.01 - - Kristina Schauman 0.02 - - Per Nordlander 0.01 - - Rik Dobbelare 0.00 - - Total 0.09 - - CEO Jonas Siljeskär 0.18 0.03 0.06 Other senior executives 0.30 0.03 0.10 Total 0.48 0.06 0.16 Consultancy services board members Gunnar Syvertsen 0.05 - - Rik Dobbelare 0.03 - - Göran Vikström - - - Consultancy services board members In November 2020, the parent company BEWI ASA implemented a share-based incentive programme, entitling the participants to subscribe for shares in BEWI ASA during a three-year period. The purpose of the programme is to further align the interests of the company and its shareholders by providing incentives in the form of awards to employees to motivate them to contribute materially to the success and protability of the Company. The features of the programme are further described in note 23. The CEO of BEWi ASA and other senior executives were granted 250000 share options each. Severance pay Subject to the CEO’s employment agreement, there is a notice period of 12 months if the agreement is terminated by the company and a notice period of 6 months if the agreement is terminated by the employee. The employee is entitled to receive unchanged salary and other fringe benets during the period of notice, however the salary is deductible to other income. 9696 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 07 Remunerations to auditors million EUR 2021 2020 PwC – The audit assignment -0.7 -0.6 – Audit activities other than the audit assignment -0.1 -0.2 – Tax advice - - – Other services -0.1 -0.1 Total -0.9 -0.9 Other accounting rms than PwC – The audit assignment -0.1 -0.1 Total -1.0 -1.0 For 2021 audit activities other than the audit assignment and other services mainly includes costs related to the Jackon transac- tion. For 2020 other services are IPO related costs. Note 08 Leasing Lease-terms and purchase options The group leases buildings (e.g. production facilities, warehouses, oces), machinery (e.g. gas facilities, compressors, moulding machines) and equipment (e.g. cars, trucks, fork-lifts). Contracts for production facilities normally run for 10-12 years, but there are exceptions with both shorter and longer lease terms. Separate warehouses are normally leased for 1–2 years, with a few exceptions. In case a warehouse rent is paid based on usage, for example pallet space used, it is treated as variable and not subject to capitalisation in accordance with IFRS 16. Oce space is normally leased for three years. Based on the assumption that a business cycle lasts for eight years and that predictions beyond that period are dicult, extension options for contracts for production facilities expiring after that time-frame are not considered when assessing the lease-term, unless specic condi- tions are present. Extension options for warehouses and oces are not reected. The lease term for other assets vary, but normally range between 3–5 years. Purchase options are considered in the capitalised amount if deemed reasonably certain that such an option will be exercised, but this is not common. Extensions options are reected when it is deemed reasonable that they will be exercised. Discount rate, liability and carrying amount Discount rates applied and total leasing liability are described in note 25 Borrowings. Maturity dates for the undiscounted values are presented in note 3 Financial risk management. Carrying amounts and depreciations of the assets capitalised are presented in note 12 Intangible assets and note 13 Tangible assets. Lease expenses for lease contracts capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16 million EUR 2021 2020 Depreciations and amortisations -11.3 -8.2 Interest expense -4.9 -3.0 Total -16.2 -11.1 9797 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Lease expenses for lease contracts not capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16 million EUR 2021 2020 Lease expense short-term leases -0.4 -0.3 Lease expense low-value assets -0.5 -0.4 Lease expense variable leases -0.3 -0.2 Total -1.2 -0.9 Cash ow from leases million EUR 2021 2020 Recognised in operating cash ow Operating income -1.2 -0.9 Interest paid -4.9 -3.0 Cash ow from nancing activities Repayment of borrowings -11.3 -7.6 Total -17.4 -11.4 Note 09 Financial income and expense million EUR 2021 2020 Interest revenue 0.3 0.2 Fair value adjustments shares and participations - 3.9 Other nancial income 0.1 0.1 Total nancial income 0.4 4.2 Interest expenses -12.7 -10.3 Fair value changes derivatives -0.2 -1.7 Fair value adjustments shares and participations -0.6 - Other nancing costs -5.7 -0.1 Exchange rate losses 0.0 0.7 Total nancial expense -19.2 -11.4 Total nancial income and expense - net -18.8 -7.2 EUR -1.0 million (2020: EUR -1.2 million) of the interest expenses were attributable to amortisation of nancing costs and EUR -5.6 million of other nancing costs in 2021 was attributable to bond repurchase premium, early consent fee and expensed nanc- ing costs in connection with the renancing in 2021. Net nancial income and expense per category of nancial instrument million EUR 2021 2020 Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss -0.8 2.2 Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost -18.0 -9.4 -18.8 -7.2 9898 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 10 Exchange differences – net Exchange dierences have been reported in the income statement as follows: million EUR 2021 2020 Other operating expenses -0.1 -0.2 Total nancial income and expense (note 9) - 0.7 Exchange dierences - net -0.1 0.5 Note 11 Income tax Tax income and expense in income statement million EUR 2021 2020 Tax income(+)/expense(-) comprises; Current tax income(+)/expense(-) this year -12.5 -8.5 Adjustment recognised in current year in relation to current tax of prior years - 0.4 Deferred tax income(+)/expense(-) -2.1 5.8 Total tax income(+)/expense(-) -14.6 -2.3 The income tax attributable to the income before taxes diers from the theoretical amount that would have arisen from the applica-tion of the tax rate in Sweden for the income of the group companies, as follows: million EUR 2021 2020 Prot/loss before tax from continuing operations 49.0 32.3 Tax income(+)/expense(-) calculated at the local tax rate -12.5 -8.7 Eect of revenue that is exempt from taxation 2.4 8.4 Eect of non-deductible expenses -1.0 -0.2 Eect of tax losses and tax osets not recognised as deferred tax assets -3.6 -1.6 Eect of previously unrecognised deferred tax attributable to tax losses carry forward, tax credits and temporary dierences 0.1 - Eect of write-downs and reversals of deferred tax balances -0.1 0.6 Eect on deferred tax balances due to change in tax rate 0.0 -1.4 Adjustment recognised in current year in relation to current tax of prior years - 0.4 Other 0.1 0.2 Total tax income(+)/expense(-) in prot or loss -14.6 -2.3 9999 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Recognised in other comprehensive income million EUR 2021 2020 Deferred tax Tax on remeasurement of dened benet obligation -0.8 0.0 Total -0.8 0.0 Deferred tax assets and liabilities 2021 million EUR Opening balance Through acquired business Through divested business Reclassi- caton Reported in prot/loss Reported in other compre- hensive income Exchange dier- ences Closing balance Deferred tax in balance sheet is attributable to: Tax losses carry forward 2.5 - - - -2.2 - 0.0 0.3 Intangible assets -18.4 -0.9 0.2 -0.7 1.1 - -0.4 -19.1 Tangible assets 0.9 -4.4 -0.2 0.9 -0.1 - 0.5 -2.4 Inventories -0.2 - - - -0.2 - 0.0 -0.4 Untaxed reserves -0.3 0.1 - - 0.2 - -0.1 -0.1 Pension assets and liabilities -0.2 - - - -0.2 -0.8 -0.1 -1.3 Provisions 0.1 - - - 0.0 - -0.1 0.0 Other 0.0 -0.1 - -0.2 -0.7 - 0.1 -0.8 Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities -15.6 -5.3 0.0 0.0 -2.1 -0.8 -0.1 -23.8 Deferred tax assets and liabilities 2020 million EUR Opening balance Through acquired business Reported in prot/loss Reported in other com- prehensive income Exchange dierences Closing balance Deferred tax in balance sheet is attributable to: Tax losses carry forward 2.4 0.4 -0.2 - -0.1 2.5 Intangible assets -16.3 -2.5 0.0 - 0.4 -18.4 Tangible assets -4.1 -1.1 6.0 - 0.1 0.9 Inventories -0.2 0.0 0.0 - 0.0 -0.2 Untaxed reserves -0.1 -0.3 0.1 - 0.0 -0.3 Pension assets and liabilities -0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.2 Provisions 0.1 0.0 - - 0.0 0.1 Other 0.1 -0.1 0.0 - 0.0 0.0 Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities -18.3 -3.6 5.8 0.0 0.4 -15.6 Deferred tax assets are reported for tax losses carry forward or temporary dierences to the extent that they are likely to be utilised against future taxable prots. All of the EUR 0.3 million of deferred tax assets attributable to tax losses carry forward have no due date. Tax losses carry forward corresponding to a tax value of EUR 12.0 million (EUR 7.7 million) were not recognised as deferred tax assets. EUR 11.6 million of those losses have no due date and the remaining EUR 0.4 million fall due between 2022 and 2029. The tax losses carry forward by the end of 2021 are attributable to Sweden, Finland, Germany and Norway. In addition, tax credits attributable to deferred interest rate deductions corresponding to a tax value of EUR 2.2 million (EUR 0.8 million), falling due between 2025 and 2027, were not recognised as deferred tax assets. 100100 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 12 Intangible assets million EUR Goodwill Trademark Customer relations Technology Patents, licences & IT Total As of 1 January 2020 Acquisition costs 72.1 20.2 56.4 7.8 11.9 168.4 Accumulated amortisations/write-downs -0.9 0.0 -9.2 -2.2 -10.8 -23.1 Carrying amount 71.2 20.2 47.2 5.6 1.1 145.3 Financial year 2020 Carrying amount brought forward 71.2 20.2 47.2 5.6 1.1 145.3 Exchange dierences -1.2 -0.3 -1.5 0.0 0.0 -3.0 Acquisitions - - - - 1.7 1.7 Through acquired business 13.9 1.4 9.2 1.2 0.0 25.7 Reclassications 0.0 - - 0.0 - 0.0 Writedown - - - - 0.0 0.0 Amortisations - - -4.8 -1.0 -0.5 -6.4 Carrying amount carried forward 83.8 21.3 50.1 5.8 2.2 163.2 As of 31 December 2020 Acquisition costs 85.1 21.3 64.1 9.0 13.6 193.1 Accumulated amortisations/write-downs -1.2 0.0 -14.0 -3.2 -11.4 -29.8 Carrying amount 83.8 21.3 50.1 5.8 2.2 163.2 million EUR Goodwill Trademark Customer relations Technology Patents, licences & IT Total Financial year 2021 Carrying amount brought forward 83.8 21.3 50.1 5.8 2.2 163.2 Exchange dierences 1.6 0.3 1.7 0.1 -0.1 3.6 Acquisitions 0.0 - - - 4.6 4.6 Through acquired business 28.7 2.6 - 0.8 1.1 33.1 Divestment of business -1.1 - -0.5 -0.7 -0.5 -2.9 Reclassications 0.0 - - 0.0 - 0.0 Disposals 0.0 - - - -0.8 -0.8 Amortisations - - -5.7 -1.0 -0.9 -7.6 Carrying amount carried forward 113.0 24.3 45.5 4.8 5.7 193.3 As of 31 December 2021 Acquisition costs 114.1 24.4 65.3 9.5 13.5 226.7 Accumulated amortisations/write-downs -1.0 -0.1 -19.8 -4.7 -7.9 -33.5 Carrying amount 113.0 24.3 45.5 4.8 5.7 193.3 Of the amortisations above, EUR 0.2 million in 2021 (0.0) were attributable to leases. The carrying amount of capitalised leases as of 31 December 2021 was EUR 0.2 million (0.0). In March 2021 IFRS IC update included an agenda decision on conguration and customisation costs in a cloud computing arrangement, impacting costs associated with a Software as a Service (SaaS) cloud arrangement. Key areas to consider are whether these costs can be capitalised as an intangible asset or as a prepayment or whether they have to be expensed when incurred. BEWI has started the implementation of a cloud-based ERP system and is consequently impacted by the IFRS IC deci- sion in 2021. BEWI is therefore undertaking an analysis of the contract with the software supplier and the nature of the dierent components of the implementation costs, to fully understand the accounting treatment of these costs and whether something should be expensed. This analysis is expected to be completed in the frist half of 2022. By the end of the year, costs amounting to EUR 2.6 million incurred in this ERP implementation have been capitalised as an intangible asset. 101101 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Considerations of impairment need for goodwill and trademark Goodwill and trademarks have an indenite useful life and are monitored each cash generating unit by the executive manage- ment. Goodwill and trademarks divided by cash generative unit are summarised as follows: Goodwill million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 RAW 10.8 10.9 Insulation Sweden 2.9 2.9 Insulation Finland 0.7 0.7 Insulation Norway 3.6 2.9 Insulation Netherlands 20.9 20.9 Insulation Belgium 12.0 - Packaging & Components Sweden 2.8 2.9 Packaging & Components Denmark 9.8 2.9 Packaging & Components Netherlands 1.7 1.7 Packaging & Components Norway 33.0 30.7 Packaging & Components Portugal & Spain 5.4 5.4 Packaging & Components Poland 4.2 - Circular Business 5.0 1.8 Total 113.0 83.8 Trademarks million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 RAW 0.6 0.6 Insulation Netherlands 5.9 5.9 Insulation Norway 0.7 0.4 Packaging & Components Denmark 5.1 5.1 Packaging & Components Netherlands 2.3 2.3 Packaging & Components Norway 6.0 6.0 Packaging & Components Portugal & Spain 1.1 1.1 Packaging & Components Poland 2.6 - Total 24.3 21.3 The assumptions used for calculating the value in use are the same for goodwill and trademarks. The executive management has assessed that revenue growth, operating margin, discount rate and long-term growth are the most critical assumptions in the impairment assessment. The recoverable amount has been assessed based on estimates of the value in use. The estimates are based on future estimated cash ow before tax based on nancial budgets and business plans for the next year, approved by the senior executives, and extrapolated for an additional four-year period, assuming a prudent increase in both revenue and costs of 2.0 per cent or more in case there are specic circumstances, such as a turnaround case. The estimates are based on the executive management’s experience and historical data. The discount rate after tax amounts to 6.6 per cent (8.0 per cent). The long-term sustainable growth rate has been estimated at 2 per cent (2 per cent) for all cash generating units and has been assessed in accordance with industry forecasts. No impairment of goodwill or intangible xed assets was identied in 2021. A change in the discount rate of 1 per cent or reduced cash ow of 10 per cent would not change the outcome of the test. Tangible xed assets of EUR 1.0 million were written down in 2021 (EUR 1.2 million), based on an individual assessment for those assets. The write-down in 2020 was mainly attributable to the closure of an Insulation facility in Sweden and the transfer of operations to the facility in Norrköping, Sweden. 102102 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 13 Tangible assets million EUR Buildnings and land Plant and other technical machinery Equipment, tools, xtures and ttings Construction in progress and advance payments for property, plant and equipment Total As of 1 January 2020 Acquisition costs 101.0 238.8 28.1 3.2 371.1 Accumulated depreciations/write-downs -38.0 -167.3 -17.6 0.0 -222.9 Carrying amount 63.0 71.5 10.5 3.2 148.2 Financial year 2020 Carrying amount brought forward 63.0 71.5 10.5 3.2 148.2 Exchange dierences 0.6 -0.6 -0.1 - -0.1 Acquisitions 1.2 15.8 1.2 7.3 25.4 Capitalised leases 21.4 0.0 1.3 0.0 22.6 Through acquired business 19.6 7.5 0.6 0.0 27.7 Writedown -0.7 -0.4 - -0.1 -1.2 Reclassications 0.1 0.2 0.2 -0.9 -0.4 Disposals -28.7 -0.1 -0.4 -0.1 -29.3 Depreciations -6.4 -13.1 -3.2 0.0 -22.7 Carrying amount carried forward 70.0 80.8 10.2 9.3 170.3 As of 31 December 2020 Acquisition costs 89.3 255.0 30.6 9.4 384.3 Accumulated depreciations/write-downs -19.3 -174.3 -20.4 -0.1 -214.0 Carrying amount 70.0 80.8 10.2 9.3 170.3 million EUR Buildnings and land Plant and other technical machinery Equipment, tools, xtures and ttings Construction in progress and advance payments for property, plant and equipment Total Financial year 2021 Carrying amount brought forward 70.0 80.8 10.2 9.3 170.3 Exchange dierences 1.0 0.9 0.1 -0.1 1.9 Acquisitions 0.4 17.9 1.4 11.5 31.2 Capitalised leases 2.4 0.1 3.1 - 5.7 Through acquired business 26.9 7.8 1.5 1.7 37.8 Divestment of business -0.5 -0.3 - - -0.8 Writedown 0.0 -0.9 -0.0 - -1.0 Reclassications 0.2 11.4 0.4 -12.0 0.0 Disposals 0.0 -0.3 -0.3 -0.2 -0.8 Depreciations -9.2 -16.1 -3.9 - -29.2 Carrying amount carried forward 91.3 101.3 12.4 10.1 215.1 As of 31 December 2021 Acquisition costs 123.5 300.8 40.3 10.1 474.8 Accumulated depreciations/write-downs -32.3 -199.5 -27.9 -0.0 -259.7 Carrying amount 91.3 101.3 12.4 10.1 215.1 Amounts above attributable to leases: Depreciations 2021 -7.6 -1.9 -1.8 -11.3 Of which is attributable to IFRS 16 -7.6 -0.4 -1.8 -9.7 Carrying amount 31 December 2021 53.1 4.7 4.3 62.0 Of which is attributable to IFRS 16 52.7 0.3 4.3 57.4 Depreciations 2020 -4.7 -2.8 -1.5 -9.0 Of which is attributable to IFRS 16 -4.7 -0.5 -1.4 -6.6 Carrying amount 31 December 2020 55.8 6.7 3.3 65.8 Of which is attributable to IFRS 16 55.4 0.7 3.2 59.3 103103 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 14 Business acquisitions Cash ow from acquisition of business million EUR 2021 2020 Cash consideration -73.3 -13.5 Cash in acquired business 19.3 2.7 Total cash out/-inow -54.0 -10.8 Business acquisitions during the year IZOBLOK S.A. On 28 April 2021, BEWI entered into an agreement to acquire a majority stake of the listed Polish company IZOBLOK S.A. (IZOBLOK) and on 7 July 2021, the acquisition was completed. IZOBLOK is a leading European provider of Expanded Polypropylene (EPP) components to the automotive industry, with a market share of approximately 20 per cent. The acquisition conrms BEWI’s strategy to strengthen its market position in the automotive industry, a market that has shown considerable growth pre-Covid. IZOBLOK has four facilities, located at strategic locations in southern Poland and Germany, with developed infrastructure ensuring eective access to customers across Europe. IZOBLOK is consolidated as from 1 July. On 7 July 2021 BEWI 2021 acquired 54.21 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 65.66 per cent of the voting rights, of IZOBLOK. The acquisition was structured as an acquisition of a holding company into which the sellers contributed the IZOBLOK shares prior to completion of the transaction. The holding company contains a combination of non-listed shares (series A-shares) with voting preferences and shares listed on Warsaw Stock Exchange (listed on GPW Main Market). The consideration comprised a combination of cash and 1132792 new shares issued in BEWI ASA at a subscription price of NOK 27.50 per share. A subsequent mandatory oer for up to two-thirds of the voting rights in IZOBLOK was completed on the 2 September 2021 and as of 31 December 2021 BEWI now owned 54.66 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 66 per cent of the voting rights of IZOBLOK. The consideration was paid in cash. On 2 November 2021, BEWI launched a tender oer for the acquisition of all outstanding shares in IZOBLOK. The total number of shares subject to the tender oer was 574481 shares, corresponding to the remaining 45.34 per cent of the total outstanding shares, and 34.00 per cent of the voting rights. The price oered per share was PLN 50.41, amounting to a total consideration of approximately EUR 6.4 million. Had BEWI succeedsed in acquiring 100 per cent of the outstanding shares, the intention was to delist the shares in IZOBLOK from trading on the Warsaw Stock Exchange (WSE). By the time of completion of the oer on 31 January 2022, BEWI had received acceptance from 121 870 shares for a total consideration of EUR 1.4 million. After the this transaction, BEWI owns 64.28 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 73.21 per cent of the voting rights. The company remains listed on the WSE. The adjusted acquisition analysis presented below gave rise to a goodwill of EUR 4.6 million, which is related to synergies such as future market growth opportunities and future cost savings. The main fair value adjustments were related to trademark, inventory and property, plant and equipment. Goodwill is not tax deductible. Until 31 December 2021, IZOBLOK had contributed EUR 16.1 million to the group’s net sales, EUR -1.3 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR -2.8 million to EBIT, excluding transaction costs. If the acquisition of IZOBLOK had taken place on the 1 January, IZOBLOK would have contributed EUR 36.1 million to the group’s net sales, EUR -1.1 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR -4.4 to EBIT. Transaction costs amounted to EUR 1.3 million. million EUR New share issue 3.1 Cash consideration 13.5 Total 16.6 Recognised amount of identiable assets and acquired liabilities assumed Trademarks 2.7 Technology 0.9 Other intangible assets 0.6 Property, plant and equipment 20.6 Other xed assets 3.7 Inventory 6.3 Current receivables 8.4 Cash and cash equivalents 1.0 Non-current liabilities -8.6 Deferred tax liability -2.8 Current liabilities -10.1 Total identiable net assets 22.7 Liabilities to non-controlling interests -10.7 Goodwill 4.6 Cash and cash equivalents in acquired business 1.0 Total cash outow from acquisition of business -12.5 1 The acquisition analysis is preliminary 104104 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Kemisol NV On 29 October 2021, BEWI announced the acquisition of 100 per cent of the shares of the Belgian insulation company Kemisol group (Kemisol) and on 24 November 2021 the transaction was closed. Kemisol primarily operates in the Benelux region and is one of the largest producers of EPS in Belgium, oering a wide range of products. In addition to production of EPS based insulation products, Kemisol distributes other insulation products such as IKO Enertherm, Ursa Foam, Styrisol and Knauf glass wool. Kemisol is consolidated as from 1 December. At the time of the release of this report, the acquisition analysis for Kemisol is preliminary and gave rise to a goodwill of EUR 12.1 million. A complete acquisition analysis is expected to be presented in the rst half of 2022, leading to fair value adjustments of intangible assets and inventories and a corresponding change in goodwill. Goodwill is not tax deductible. Until 31 December 2021, Kemisol had contributed EUR 2.1 million to the group’s net sales, EUR 0.2 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR 0.1 million to EBIT, excluding transaction costs. If the acquisition of Kemisol had taken place on the 1 January, Kemisol would have contrib- uted EUR 33.9 million to the group’s net sales, EUR 6.1 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR 5.2 million to EBIT. Transaction costs amounted to EUR 0.3 million. million EUR Cash consideration 45.0 Total 45.0 Recognised amount of identiable assets and acquired liabilities assumed Tangible xed assets 12.0 Inventory 3.4 Current receivables 5.9 Cash and cash equivalents 16.6 Non-current liabilities 0.0 Deferred tax liability -2.1 Current liabilities -2.8 Total identiable net assets 32.9 Goodwill 12.1 Cash and cash equivalents in acquired business 16.6 Total cash outow from acquisition of business -28.4 1 The acquisition analysis is preliminary Oasis Global II AS, North Pack ApS, BEWi Cellpack A/S (former Honeycomb Cellpack A/S), Volker Gruppe Ltd and Desom Group AS On 1 July 2021, BEWI acquired all shares in Oasis Global II AS, Norway, and North Pack ApS, Denmark. The two companies are trading packaging products for use at sea and the acquisitions are a continuation of the BDH acquisition in 2020. The considera- tion was paid in cash. The companies are consolidated as from 1 July. On 13 April 2021, BEWI announced that the company had acquired 51 per cent of the Danish paper packaging company Honeycomb Cellpack A/S (Honeycomb). Honeycomb provides protective packaging solutions, including design, development and manufacturing of sustainable packaging which is both recyclable and biodegradable. The consideration was paid in cash. The company is consolidated as from 1 April. Under the agreement, the seller has a put option to divest the remaining shares to BEWI in accordance with a predetermined pricing mechanism and within a given time frame. According to the same agree- ment, BEWi also has a call option to acquire the remaining shares within a certain time frame, calculated according to the same pricing mechanism. The option has been valued based on a forecast performance for Honeycomb over a three-year period. As of 31 December 2021, the option was valued at EUR 3.8 million and is reported under Other nancial non-current liabilities in the balance sheet. On 6 October 2021, BEWI announced its acquisition of 51 per cent of the UK based company Volker Gruppe, a trader of com- pacted and recycled material. The company operates two facilities in the UK and Scotland, where they compact material, and leases compactors to customers. Volker Gruppe is one of the largest suppliers of EPS waste to BEWI Circular, with an annual collection of approximately 6000 tonnes of EPS, in addition to several other types of waste streams. Volker Gruppe trades and processes around 25000 tonnes of plastics and paper per year globally. BEWI has a future option to acquire the remaining 49 per cent of the shares in Volker Gruppe. The company is consolidated as from 1 October. On 1 October 2021, BEWI also acquired all shares in Desom group which consists of Desom AS, Norway, and Embanor AS, Norway. The two companies are trading packaging products for sh, meat and dairy products, and are a complement to the BDH business acquired in 2020. The companies are consolidated as from 1 October. The total of Oasis Global II AS, North Pack ApS, BEWi Cellpack A/S, Volker Gruppe Ltd and Desom group AS acquisition analyses gave rise to a goodwill of EUR 11.9 million, attributable to estimated synergies. Goodwill is not tax deductible. Until 31 December, these ve acquisitions had contributed EUR 10.6 million to the group’s net sales, EUR 1.6 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR 1.4 million to EBIT, excluding transaction costs. If the acquisition of these companies had taken place on 1 January, they would have contributed EUR 29.5 million to the group’s net sales, EUR 3.2 million to adjusted EBITDA and EUR 2.6 to EBIT. Transaction costs amounted to EUR 0.4 million. 105105 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 million EUR Value put/call option 49% 3.8 Cash consideration 10.6 Total 14.4 Recognised amount of identiable assets and acquired liabilities assumed Property, plant and equipment 2.8 Other xed assets 0.0 Inventory 1.3 Current receivables 5.2 Cash and cash equivalents 1.7 Non-current liabilities -3.3 Deferred tax liability -0.4 Current liabilities -4.5 Total identiable net assets 2.9 Liabilities to non-controlling interest -0.5 Goodwill 11.9 Cash and cash equivalents in acquired business 1.7 Total cash outow from acquisition of business -8.9 1 The acquisition analysis is preliminary Final settlement BEWi Drift Holding AS (BDH) and acquisition of non-controlling interests In 2021, the nal purchase price for the BDH group, acquired in 2020, was settled through a cash payment of EUR 2.8 million, which was EUR 0.4 million more than estimated on 31 December 2020. BEWI has during the year also acquired non-controlling interests in two subsidiaries for a cash consideration of EUR 1.4 million. Note 15 Sale of business Sale of business during the year On 20 December 2021, BEWI divested Biobe AS to BE Form Holding AS, a company wholly owned by BEWI Invest AS, the major- ity owner of BEWI, for a consideration of EUR 6.2 million, of which EUR 4.2 million was settled in cash and EUR 2.0 million in a short-term loan to the buyer. The loan carries a four per cent interest and shall be settled on 1 June 2022 at the latest. Until the date of divestment, Biobe contributed EUR 4.9 million the group’s net sales, EUR 1.1 milllion to adjusted EBITDA and EUR 1.3 to EBIT in 2021. million EUR Promissory note 2.0 Cash consideration 4.2 Total 6.2 Recognised amount of identiable assets and liabilities Goodwill 1.1 Customer relations 0.5 Technology 0.7 Other intangible assets 0.5 Property, plant and equipment 0.8 Other xed assets 0.1 Inventory 1.7 Current receivables 1.3 Cash and cash equivalents -0.1 Non-current liabilities -0.2 Deferred tax liability -0.1 Current liabilities -1.2 Total identiable net assets 5.1 Cash and cash equivalents in sold business -0.1 Total cash inow from sale of business 4.3 106106 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 16 Shares in associates Name Carrying amount 31 Dec 2020 Acquisitions during the year Dividend Share of income Exchange dierence Carrying amount 31 Dec 2021 HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 2.4 - -1.0 3.4 - 4.8 HIRSCH France SAS 5.4 - 0.9 0.1 6.5 Jablite Group Ltd 0.1 - - 1.4 - 1.4 Inoplast S.R.O - 0.3 - - - 0.3 BEWI EPS ehf. - 0.8 - - - 0.8 Total 8.0 1.1 -1.0 5.7 0.1 13.7 Name Carrying amount 31 Dec 2019 Acquisitions during the year Dividend Share of income Exchange dierence Carrying amount 31 Dec 2020 HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 1.3 - -0.5 1.6 - 2.4 HIRSCH France SAS 0.2 1.7 - 3.5 - 5.4 Jablite Group Ltd - 0.3 - -0.2 - 0.1 Total 1.5 2.0 -0.5 4.9 - 8.0 Share of income from Jablite Group Ltd in 2021 includes a positive amount of EUR 0.9 million, corresponding to BEWI’s share of reversal of negative goodwill. In 2020 share of income from HIRSCH France SAS included a simular positive amount of EUR 3.5 million, corresponding to BEWI´s share of reversal of negative goodwill. Non-current receivables associates 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 As of 1 January 4.1 2.5 Loans granted - 3.1 Exchange rate dierence 0.1 0.2 Converted to equity - -1.7 As of 31 December 4.2 4.1 BEWI holds a receivable from Hirsch France SAS of EUR 2.3 million, carrying an interest of 6 month Euribor, with a zero interest rate oor, plus a margin of 5.0 per cent. BEWI also holds a receivable from Jablite Group Ltd of GBP 1.5 million, carrying an interest of 4 per cent over the base rate of the bank of England. Summarised nancial information for associates 2021 Net sales EBITDA Operating prot (EBIT) Net prot HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 116.9 18.0 14.6 9.9 HIRSCH France SAS 77.5 5.4 2.8 2.0 Jablite Group Ltd 1 28.4 1.7 1.5 1.1 Inoplast S.R.O 4.0 0.2 0.1 0.1 BEWI EPS ehf. - - - - 31 Dec 2021 Non-current assets Current assets Non-current liabilities Current liabilities Net debt HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 31.3 35.2 13.4 29.6 10.8 HIRSCH France SAS 36.9 29.2 29.1 16.3 17.5 Jablite Group Ltd 2.1 2.3 1.3 2.4 1.0 Inoplast S.R.O 1.0 0.6 0.1 0.4 0.3 BEWI EPS ehf. - - - - - 1 EBITDA, EBIT and net prot for Jablite Group Ltd in the table above do not include EUR 1.8 million in reversal of negative goodwill, which impacted the results of the company positively in 2021. BEWI’s share of that, EUR 0.9 million, is however included in the share of income from associates reported for 2021. The balance sheets items in the table above are also adjusted to reect adjustments made by BEWI when the associates are included in the consolidated accounts by applying the equity method. The balance sheets in the statutory accounts for these companies will therefore deviate to the table above for some of the items. 107107 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 HIRSCH Porozell GmbH (34 per cent ownership) In connection with the acquisition of Synbra in 2018, 66 per cent of Synbra’s shares in the German company Isobouw GmbH was divested to Hirsch Servo Group. At the same time, BEWI obtained 34 per cent in the newly incorporated company Hirsch Porozell GmbH, which acquired Saint Gobain’s insulation operations at four sites in Germany. The other 66 per cent is held by Hirsch Servo Group. In 2019, Isobouw GmbH was merged into Hirsch Porozell GmbH and the combined company now operates six insulation production sites in Germany. Hirsch France SAS (34 per cent ownership) On 31 December 2019, BEWI, together with Hirsch Servo Group, closed a deal in which six insulation production sites in France and 49.9 per cent of the shares in the French company Issosol SAS were acquired from Placopatre SA, a subsidiary of Saint Gobain. The acquisitions are done through a newly incorporated French company, Hirsch France SAS, 34 per cent owned by BEWI and 66 per cent owned by Hirsch Servo Group. Jablite Group Ltd (49 per cent ownership) In June 2020, BEWI invested 49 per cent in a newly established company, Jablite Group Ltd, which is operating three production sites in the UK. Inoplast S.R.O (34 per cent ownership) In June 2021, BEWI invested 34 per cent of the Czech recycling company Inoplast S.R.O. Inoplast specialises in recycling of plastics, mainly expanded polystyrene (EPS), but also other type of plastics. BEWI EPS ehf. (49 per cent ownership) BEWI invested 49 per cent of the company BEWI EPS ehf located on Iceland. The company has not yet commenced operations. 108108 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 17 Financial instruments per category 31 December 2021 million EUR Financial assets measured at fair value through prot and loss Financial assets measured at amortised cost Total Balance sheet assets Other long-term receivables - 4.2 4.2 Participations in other companies 9.8 - 9.8 Accounts receivables - 98.8 98.8 Current derivative asset 0.2 - 0.2 Cash and cash equivalents - 142.3 142.3 Total 10.0 245.4 255.5 31 December 2021 million EUR Financial liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Total Balance sheet liabilities Non-current bond loan - 246.1 246.1 Non-current liabilities to credit institutions - 9.8 9.8 Non-current liabilities leases - 66.1 66.1 Other nancial non-current liabilities 1 4.3 - 4.3 Current liabilities to credit institutions - 3.0 3.0 Overdraft facillity - 0.8 0.8 Current liabilities leases - 13.0 13.0 Current derivative liability 0.2 - 0.2 Account payables - 89.7 89.7 Total 4.5 428.4 432.9 1 Other nancial non-current liabilities include the option to acquire non-controlling interests, valued at EUR 3.8 million, and EUR 0.5 million in liabilities for non-current derivatives. 31 December 2020 million EUR Financial assets measured at fair value through prot and loss Financial assets measured at amortised cost Total Balance sheet assets Other long-term receivables - 4.1 4.1 Participations in other companies 9.9 - 9.9 Accounts receivables - 58.3 58.3 Cash and cash equivalents - 51.4 51.4 Total 9.9 113.8 123.7 31 December 2020 million EUR Financial liabilities measured at fair value through prot and loss Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Total Balance sheet liabilities Non-current bond loan - 137.9 137.9 Non-current liabilities to credit institutions - 1.0 1.0 Non-current liabilities leases - 69.2 69.2 Current liabilities to credit institutions - 0.8 0.8 Overdraft facillity - 0.4 0.4 Current liabilities leases - 12.3 12.3 Current derivative liability 0.9 - 0.9 Account payables - 54.9 54.9 Total 0.9 276.5 277.4 109109 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 18 Account receivables million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Accounts receivables 99.8 59.0 Deducted: provisions for impairment for doubtful receivables -1.0 -0.7 Accounts receivables - net 98.8 58.3 The ageing analysis of all account receivables is clear from below: million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Not yet matured 86.3 52.3 1–30 days 10.4 4.4 31–60 1.7 1.2 > 61 days 1.5 1.1 Deducted: provisions for impairment for doubtful receivables -1.0 -0.7 Accounts receivables - net 98.8 58.3 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Matured account receivables not part of the provisions for impairment for doubtful receivables 12.6 5.9 Carrying amounts, per currency, for account receivables and other receivables are the following: 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 SEK 8.1 6.7 EUR 56.5 28.4 GBP 0.8 0.5 NOK 16.9 11.6 DKK 14.9 9.6 ISK 1.3 1.1 Other 0.4 0.4 98.8 58.3 The group is applying the simplied approach for estimating credit losses. Estimated life-time cash shortfalls is the basis for calculating credit losses for accounts receivables. For this purpose, accounts receivables are grouped based on certain charac- teristics. BEWiSynbra’s principles for writing o accounts receivables are based on prerequisites such as insolvency, failed legal and other collection processes, credit risk assessments based on credit information provided by credit agencies, identied payment behavior, company specic information such as changes in company management or lost contracts and macro-eco- nomic outlook for industries and countries. Credit losses on accounts receivables are reported in operating income. Reversals of prior credit losses are also reported in operating income. 110110 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 19 Inventory The expenditure for inventory carried as an expense forms part of the items raw materials and consumables and goods for resale in the income statement and amounts to EUR 397.1 million (EUR 216.4 million). EUR 1.2 million (EUR 0.1 million) was expensed as write-downs of inventory in 2021. The group reversed EUR 0.5 million (EUR 0.1 million) in 2021 of earlier write-downs of the inventory. The expense and reversed amount is reported in the item raw materials and consumables in the income statement. Note 20 Prepaid expenses and accrued income million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Prepaid energy tax expenses 0.4 0.5 Accrued bonus and discounts 0.5 0.1 Other items 4.0 2.1 Total 5.0 2.7 Note 21 Cash and cash equivalents million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Bank balances 142.3 51.4 Note 22 Share capital The number of shares as of 31 December 2021 amounted to 156610804, each with a par value of NOK 1. Each share entitles to one vote. All shares issued by the parent company are fully paid. BEWiSynbra Group AB Fully paid ordinary share Type of change Date of decision Changes in number of shares Change in share capital Total number of shares Total share capital (SEK) Par value (SEK) As of 31 Dec 2019 138937980 1347209 0.009696 New share issue 17 Aug 2020 5005691 48538 143943671 1395747 0.009696 As of 21 Aug 2020 143943671 1395747 0.009696 BEWI ASA Fully paid ordinary share Type of change Date of decision Changes in number of shares Change in share capital Total number of shares Total share capital (NOK) Par value (NOK) Incorporation of BEWI ASA New share issue 29 Jul 2020 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1.00 Share capital decrease 21 Aug 2020 -1000000 -1000000 - - 1.00 New share issue 21 Aug 2020 143943671 143943671 143943671 143943671 1.00 1.00 New share issue 25 Nov 2020 3571429 3571429 147515100 147515100 1.00 New share issue 9 Dec 2020 476191 476191 147991291 147991291 1.00 New share issue 9 Dec 2020 419583 419583 148410874 148410874 1.00 As of 31 Dec 2020 148410874 148410874 1.00 New share issue 6 May 2021 7067138 7067138 155478012 155478012 1.00 New share issue 7 Jul 2021 1132792 1132792 156610804 156610804 1.00 As of 31 Dec 2021 156610804 156610804 1.00 111111 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 On 17 August 2020, an extraordinary general meeting of BEWiSynbra Group AB decided on a directed new share issue of SEK 97 million, the equivalent of EUR 9.5 million, by the issuance of 5005691 new shares, as part of the consideration to acquire BEWi Drift Holding AS. In connection with the preparation for the admission to trading on Euronext Growth Oslo, all of the shares in BEWiSynbra Group AB were on 21 August 2020 contributed to the company against an issuance of a total of 143943671 shares in the company to the shareholders of BEWiSynbra, simultaneously with a write down of the existing share capital of the company (referred to as the reorganisation), which thereby established the same shareholder structure in the company as in BEWiSynbra immediately prior to the reorganisation. The rationale for the reorganisation was to establish the company as the new top holding company of BEWiSynbra ahead of the admission to trading on Euronext Growth Oslo. Following the authorisation from the extraordinary general meeting on 16 November 2020, the board of directors on 6 May 2021 resolved to issue 7067138 new shares for subscription price of NOK 28.30 in a private placement that raised NOK 200 million, equal to EUR 19.6 million. Net of transaction costs, equity increased by EUR 18.9 million. On the 3 June 2021, the annual general meeting of the company authorised the board of directors to increase the share capital of the company to inter alia strengthen the equity of the company, nance future growth and acquisitions and to increase the liquidity and spread of ownership in respect of the shares and for other purposes as the board of directors decides, by up to NOK 31095602, equivalent to 20 per cent of the share capital at the time the authorisation was granted. The authorisation is valid until the annual general meeting in 2022, however expiring at the latest on 30 June 2022. Following the authorisation, the board of directors on 7 July 2021 resolved to issue 1132792 new shares for a subscription price of NOK 27.50 per share in a private placement, as part of the consideration for the shares in IZOBLOK, and directed towards the majority seller of that company. The new share issue increased equity by NOK 31.2 million, equal to EUR 3.1 million. On the 3 June 2021, the annual general meeting of the company authorised the board of directors to acquire shares in the company on one or more occasions. The total nominal value of shares acquired pursuant to this authorisation may not exceed NOK 15547801, equal to ten per cent of the company’s share capital at the time the authorisation was given. The purchase price per share shall not be less than NOK 1 and not more than NOK 500. The purchase of own shares shall otherwise be com- pleted by the board of directors at its discretion. The authorisation is valid until the next annual general meeting, but not later than 30 June 2022. By 31 December 2021, no shares had been bought back. Largest shareholders Name Shares Per cent Frøya Invest AS 1 88333152 56.40 Kverva Industrier AS 15292424 9.76 DnB NOR Bank ASA Meglerkonto Innland 6695400 4.28 Nordea Bank Abp 5426613 3.47 JP Morgan Bank Luxembourg SA 5187676 3.31 Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB 4287115 2.74 EBE Eiendom AS 2529637 1.62 Union Bancaire UBP SA 2008910 1.28 Tredje AP-Fonden 1724879 1.10 Nordnet Bank AB 1677616 1.07 Other 23447382 14.97 Total 156610804 100.00 1 Frøya Invest AS, KMC Family AS and BEWi Holding AS are all owned by members of the Bekken family. 112112 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 23 Share-based incentive programme In November 2020, the board of directors exercised the authorisation given by the Extraordinary General Meeting on 16 November 2020 and launched a share-based incentive programme to a maximum of 25 key employees in the company, involving a maximum of 2875000 share options, and entitling the participants in the programme to subscribe for the same number of shares in the company during a three-year period. The number of share options represent 1.8 per cent of the number of shares outstanding as of 31 December 2021. The purpose of the programme is to further align the interests of the company and its shareholders by providing incentives in the form of awards to employees to motivate them to contribute materially to the success and protability of the company. This programme will also enable the company to attract and retain such employees. Settlement of the options may, at the discretion of the board of directors, be done by issuing new shares or by using, if available, shares bought back by the company. At grant date on 19 November 2020, 2625000 share options were granted to 22 key employees. The share options entitle the participants to subscribe for shares at a pre-set strike price, which is adjusted for dividends paid. Strike price at grant date was NOK 24.48, equal to 110 per cent of the average share price during ve days preceding the grant date on 19 November 2020. The gain per option may however not exceed the strike price at the time of exercise, multiplied by three, minus the strike price at grant date. The number of exercisable options will be reduced proportionally so that the maximum gain does not exceed the maximum gain per option multiplied by the numbers of options granted. This gain is calculated based on the average share price ve days prior to the period of exercise. In the event the company is not capable of delivering shares (for reasons being lack of approval in the general meeting or lack of board authorisation to issue shares or lack of own shares in the Company) following an exercise of options, the company shall full its obligations under the programme towards participants other than Swedish residents by way of making a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the share price over the strike price, multi- plied by the number of exercisable options. The options will vest in three tranches during a three-year period, as presented in the table below. The options are exercisable during a window period after the release of the quarterly reports for the fourth and second quarters. Options that are not exercised within 5 years from the date of grant will lapse and become void. Interest-bearing liabilities MSEK Vesting date Expiry date 20% 19 November 2021 19 November 2025 30% 19 November 2022 19 November 2025 50% 19 November 2023 19 November 2025 The fair value of each option at grant date was calculated at NOK 4.59 per option. The Black-Scholes model was used for calculation of fair value and the following assumptions were used: Number of options 2625000 Number of potential shares 2625000 Contractual life 5 years Strike price 24.48 Share price 22.10 Expected lifetime 3.30 years Volatility 34.32% Interest rate 0.321% Dividend - The total value of the options granted is EUR 1.4 million. EUR 0.7 million (0.1) of that was recognised as personnel costs during the year. In addition, EUR 1.8 million (0) in personnel costs related to social security charges were recognised during the year. The change in the number of options outstanding during the year is presented in the table below: 2021 2020 Outstanding as of 1 January 2625000 - Granted during the year 305000 2625000 Adjusted 7500 - Terminated -175000 - Outstanding as of 31 December 2762500 2625000 Vested but no exercised 562500 - 113113 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 24 Earnings per share million EUR 2021 2020 Prot for the period attributable to parent company shareholders (million EUR) 35.7 30.1 Average number of shares 153336017 141130072 Eect on options to employees 780351 - Diluted average number of shares 154116368 141130072 Earnings per share (EPS), basic (EUR) 0.23 0.21 Earnings per share (EPS), diluted (EUR) 0.23 0.21 Earnings per share (EPS), basic (NOK) 2.37 2.27 Earnings per share (EPS), diluted (NOK) 2.36 2.27 EPS in NOK is calculated using the average rate in the period The number shares outstanding have increased from 1484101874 to 156610804 in 2021 in two new share issues, one in the second quarter and one in the third quarter. Earnings per share is calculated by dividing prot attributable to parent company shareholders by the weighted number of ordinary shares during the period. The weighted number of ordinary shares up until 21 August 2020 corresponds to the number of shares in BEWiSynbra Group AB, as further described in note 1. Note 25 Borrowings Interest-bearing liabilities million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Non-current Bond loan 246.1 137.9 Liabilities to credit institutions 9.8 1.0 Liabilities leases 66.1 69.2 Total long-term borrowings 322.0 208.1 Current Bond loan - - Liabilities to credit institutions 3.0 0.8 Liabilities leases 13.0 12.3 Overdraft 0.8 0.4 Total current borrowings 16.7 13.5 Total borrowings 338.7 221.6 Specication of net debt Net debt by the end of the reporting period, million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Interest-bearing liabilities 338.7 22166 Cash and cash equivalents -142.3 -51.4 Net debt in including IFRS 16 196.4 170.2 Adding back IFRS 16 leasing liabilities -76.1 -78.5 Net debt excluding IFRS 16 120.3 91.7 Change in net debt, million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Change in interest-bearing liabilities 117.2 30.9 Change in cash and cash equivalents Impact from cash ow for the period -89.1 4.8 Impact from exchange dierences -1.8 0.1 Change in net debt including IFRS 16 26.3 35.8 Adding back change in IFRS 16 leasing liabilities 2.4 -45.6 Change in net debt excluding IFRS 16 28.7 -9.8 114114 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Change in interest-bearing liabilities Bond loan Liabilities to credit institutions Liabilities leasing Factoring debt Overdraft Total Interest-bearing liabilities as of 31 December 2020 137.9 1.8 81.5 - 0.4 221.6 Cash ow aecting changes Borrowings 250.0 2.4 - - 0.3 252.7 Financing/transaction costs -4.6 - - - - -4.6 Repayment of loans -140.0 -1.5 - - -0.4 -141.9 Repayment of leasing liabilities - - -11.4 - - -11.4 Total cash ow in nancing activities 105.4 0.9 -11.4 - -0.1 94.8 Changes not aecting cash ow Through acquisitions - 10.3 3.0 - 0.5 13.8 Through divestments - - -0.6 - - -0.6 Capitalised leasing - - 5.4 - - 5.4 Amortisation nancing costs 2.8 - - - - 2.8 Exchange dierences - -0.2 1.1 - - 0.9 Total changes not aecting cash ow 2.8 10.1 8.9 - 0.5 22.3 Total change 108.2 11.0 -2.5 - 0.4 117.1 Interest-bearing liabilities as of 31 December 2021 246.1 12.8 79.1 - 0.8 338.7 Change in interest-bearing liabilities Bond loan Liabilities to credit institutions Liabilities leasing Factoring debt Overdraft Total Interest-bearing liabilities as of 31 December 2019 152.1 1.8 36.1 0.8 - 190.7 Cash ow aecting changes Borrowings - - - - 0.4 0.4 Repayment of loans -14.8 -26.2 - -0.8 - -41.8 Repayment of leasing liabilities - - -7.6 - - -7.6 Total cash ow in nancing activities -14.8 -26.2 -7.6 -0.8 0.4 -49.1 Changes not aecting cash ow Through acquisitions - 26.6 15.4 - - 42.0 Capitalised leasing - - 37.0 - - 37.0 Amortisation nancing costs 1.2 - - - - 1.2 Exchange dierences -0.6 -0.3 0.6 - - -0.3 Total changes not aecting cash ow 0.6 26.3 53.0 - - 80.0 Total change -14.2 - 45.4 -0.8 0.4 30.9 Interest-bearing liabilities as of 31 December 2020 137.9 1.8 81.5 - 0.4 221.6 115115 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Bond loans Frame Amount outstanding Date of issuance Maturity/redemtion date EUR 250 million EUR 250 million 3 September 2021 3 September 2026 EUR 100 million EUR 75 million 19 April 2018 6 September 2021 EUR 115 Million EUR 65 million 22 November 2019 6 September 2021 In 2021, the group was renanced. On 6 September 2021, the EUR 75 million bond loan and the EUR 65 million bond loan, with maturity dates on 19 April 2022 and 22 November 2023 respectively, were redeemed. A new bond loan of EUR 160 million, under a frame of EUR 250 million, was issued on 3 September. EUR 4.2 million was paid in early redemption and early consent fees and expensed in the income statement. EUR 1.4 million in capitalised nancing costs attributable to the bonds redeemed was also expensed. On 15 November 2021, another EUR 90 million was issued under the EUR 250 million frame, thereby utilising the complete frame available. The EUR 250 million bond, which is unsecured and linked to a sustainability framework, matures on 3 September 2026, with a possibility for BEWI to unilaterally decide on an early redemption after 3 March 2025 of 50 per cent of the bonds outstanding at that date. Net of nancing costs, BEWI received EUR 245.4 million in cash from the bond issued during the year. The bonds are recognised under the eective interest method at amortised cost after deductions for transaction costs. Interest terms, as well as nominal interest rates and average interest rates recognised during the quarter are presented in the table below. Nominal interest Average interest Bond loan Interest terms 2021 2020 2021 2020 EUR 250 million Euribor 3 m + 3.15% 2.58–2.60% - 3.09% - EUR 75 million Euribor 3 m + 4.75% 4.20–4.24% 4.24–4.50% 5.11% 5.32% EUR 65 million Euribor 3 m + 3.40% 2.85–3.89% 2.89–3.18% 3.54% 3.70% Liabilities to credit institutions and factoring debt Interest-bearing liabilities in acquired subsidiaries are normally settled and renanced internally after the acquisition. However, in a few specic casses liabilities to credit institutions in acquired companies, including overdraft facilities, have not been subject renancing post acquisition. Such liabilities to credit institutions have carried an interest in the range of 1.0–6.0 per cent during 2021 (1.5–6.0 per cent). As of 31 December 2021, a majority of the liabilities to credit institutions, as well as the ovedraft recog- nised as of that date, were attributable to the acquisition of IZOBLOK. Liabilities leases For leases capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16, the interest rates used for discounting the future lease payments have been based on the group’s bond trading and Euro benchmark spreads, adjusted for the fact that the lease liabilities are repaid over the lease-term in contrast to the bonds that are repaid in full at maturity. Each company or relevant business unit has been given a credit rating, derived from certain nancial KPI’s, based on Moody’s methodology. These ratings have been applied to the spreads to arrive at the discount rates. Depending on the lease-term and the rating, the discount rates vary from 4.0–7.6 per cent for contracts maturing within 1–3 years to 5.2–12.9 per cent for contracts maturing after 10 years. For lease contracts already capitalised in accordance with IAS 17 prior to the transition to IFRS 16, the discount rates have remained unchanged and range from 3.25–7.0 per cent, corresponding to the implicit rates of the contracts. Overdraft facility In connection with the renancing in 2021, the overdraft facility was increased to EUR 80 million (from SEK 375 million or the equivalent of EUR 37.4 million as of 31 December 2020) and is now granted by two banks. As of 31 December 2021, nothing of that overdraft facility was utilised. As part of the overdraft facility arrangement, one of the two banks provides a multi-currency cash pool to the group. Interest is charged for net overdraft in any currency within the cash pool, with the interest rate adjusted for the leverage of the group, based on predened thresholds. Leverage is calculated as net debt divided by adjusted EBITDA (as dened in the revolving credit facility agreement). In 2021, the interest rate amounted to 0.75–1.25 per cent on overdraft, whereas a lower percantage of that was applied on unused credit facility. million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Overdraft facility (equivalent amount in million EUR) 80 37.4 Overdraft utilised - - Covenants and security provided The revolving credit facility agreement and the terms and conditions for the bond loans state certain covenants that the group has to comply with, referred to as Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio. Leverage Ratio is dened as net debt to EBITDA and Interest Coverage Ratio as EBITDA to net nance charges, where both EBITDA and net nance charges are adjusted. EBITDA is adjusted for non-recurring items, as dened in the loan agreements. The impact of IFRS 16 on net debt and EBITDA is excluded in the covenant calculation. Compliance with the covenants is calculated on a regular basis with the respect to the revolving credit facility agreement, whereas compliance in the bond loan agreements is triggered by certain events, such as new nancial indebtedness. The group has not been in breach of any covenants in 2021 or 2020. The revolving credit facility is a super senior credit facility and the bond loan is subordinated the revolving credit facility. In connection with the renancing in 2021, securities are no longer granted for the revolving credit facility and the bond loan. Liabilities to credit institutions and overdraft facilities not renanced post acquisition in 2021 are however subject to sucurities granted in the form of business and property mortgages as well as securities in other assets. The value at the balance sheet day of the securities provided, is presented in note 30 Pledged assets. 116116 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Currency exposure Carrying amounts per currency (in millions) for the group’s interest-bearing liabilities are as follows: 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 million EUR Incl. IFRS 16 Excl. IFRS 16 Incl. IFRS 16 Excl. IFRS 16 SEK 8.7 0.2 9.7 0.7 EUR 287.8 259.7 168.4 139.2 NOK 24.4 2.1 26.6 2.5 DKK 17.2 - 16.2 0.1 GBP - - - - ISK 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 338.7 262.6 221.6 143.1 Maturity The tables below presents the maturity of the discounted cash ows of the group’s interest-bearing liabilities. As of 31 December 2021 < 1 yr. 1–2 yr. 2–5 yr. > 5 yr. Bond loans - - 246.1 - Liabilities to credit institutions 3.0 2.7 7.1 0.2 Liabilities leases according to denition in IAS 17 1.3 0.8 0.8 0.1 Additional liabilities leases due to IFRS 16 11.1 9.6 25.2 30.2 Overdraft 0.8 - - - Total 16.2 13.1 279.2 30.2 As of 31 December 2020 < 1 yr. 1–2 yr. 2–5 yr. > 5 yr. Bond loans - 74.1 63.8 - Liabilities to credit institutions 0.8 0.7 0.1 0.2 Liabilities leases according to denition in IAS 17 1.3 1.0 0.6 0.1 Additional liabilities leases due to IFRS 16 11.1 9.7 22.9 34.8 Overdraft 0.4 - - - Total 13.6 85.5 87.4 35.1 Note 26 Pensions and similar obligations to employees The group provides dened benet pension plans in Finland, Norway and in the UK. The dened benet pension plans in the UK, which are closed for new participants, and for which no recurring contributions are made,originate from the acquisition of Synbra and relate to Synbra’s previous operations in the UK. Due to contractual obligations, the group had to pay a lump sum to the UK funds in 2018, following the change of ownership of Synbra. As a result, the fair value of plan assets in one of the funds exceed the present value of the pension obligation and a net pension asset is recognised on the balance sheet. The net pension asset is not subject to asset ceiling limitations. The plans in Norway originate from an acquisition in 2020 and relate to a limited number of people that are no longer working for the group and the plans are closed for new participants. The dened benet pension obligations, calculated in accordance with the Projected Unit Credit Method, are, among other things, based on estimated salary increases, apart from the UK funds, which are closed for new participants and where the existing participants are no longer employed by the group. In addition to the dened benet pension plans, the group also provides other long-term benets in the Netherlands through a so called Jubilee plan, which entitles the participants salary benets for long-term service. The Jubilee plan is calculated in accordance with the Projected Unit Credit Method and is presented below as Other long-term benets. 117117 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 The amounts reported on the balance sheet have been calculated as follows: Dened benet pension plans Other long-term benets million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Present value of funded obligations -49.6 -50.7 - - Fair value of plan assets 56.0 52.5 - - 6.4 1.8 - - Present value of unfunded obligations - 0.0 -1.1 -1.1 Net asset(+)/liability(-) as of 31 December - 1.8 -1.1 -1.1 Net pension asset United Kingdom 6.7 3.2 - - 6.7 3.2 - - Pension obligations and other long-term benets Netherlands - - -1.1 -1.1 Finland -0.3 -0.4 - - Norway - 0.0 - - United Kingdom - -1 - - -0.3 -1.4 -1.1 -1.1 The amounts reported on the balance sheet and changes in the dened benet pension plans during the year are as follows: Dened benet pension plans Other long-term benets 2021 2020 2021 2020 Costs of service during the current year -0.1 -0.1 - - Past service cost - 0.0 - - Net Interest income/expense -0.7 0.0 - - Total reported in the income statement -0.7 -0.1 - - Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest expenses/income 2.2 2.7 - - Actuarial gains/losses from changes in demo- graphic assumptions 0.2 1.3 - - Actuarial gains/losses from changes in nancial assumptions 1.4 -4.4 - - Experience based gains/losses 0.2 0.4 - - Total reported in other comprehensive income 4.0 0.0 - - Dened benet pension plans Other long-term benets Change in present value of the obligation 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 As of 1 January -50.7 -51.8 -1.1 -1.1 Through acquired business - -0.9 - - Current service cost -0.1 -0.1 - 0.0 Past service cost - 0.0 - - Interest cost -0.7 -0.9 - 0.0 Actuarial gains/losses 1.8 -2.7 - - Benets paid 1.9 2.9 - 0.0 Settlements 1.7 0.1 - - Exchange rate dierences -3.5 2.7 - - As of 31 December -49.6 -50.7 -1.1 -1.1 118118 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Dened benet pension plans Other long-term benets Change in fair value of plan assets 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 As of 1 January 52.5 53.3 - - Through acquired business - 0.9 - - Interest income 0.7 0.9 - - Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest expenses/income 2.2 2.7 - - Contributions by the employer 0.3 0.5 - - Benets paid -0.2 -2.9 - - Settlements -3.3 -0.1 - - Exchange rate dierences 3.9 -2.8 - - As of 31 December 56.0 52.5 - - The most critical assumptions for the dened benet pensions were: 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 United Kingdom Discount rate 1.85–1.90% 2.00% Salary increase n/a n/a Ination (based on CPI and RPI assumption) 3.10–3.60% 2.25–3.30% Pension increase (based on CPI and RPI assumptions) 2.25–3.45% 1.85–3.15% Finland Discount rate 1.00% 0.90% Salary increase 2.60% 2.00% Ination 2.10% 1.30% Cost of living adjustments for pensions in payment - 0.00% Norway Discount rate 1.90% 1.70% Salary increase 2.75% 2.25% G-regulering 2.50% 2.20% The range in assumed ination in the United Kingdom reects dierent assumptions used for CPI versus RPI. The range in assumed pension increase in the UK reects dierent limits linked to years in which the pension was accrued and dierent ination metrics applied for those limits. The most critical assumptions for other long-term benets were: 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Discount rate 0.60% 0.30% Salary increase 2.20% 2.20% The sensitivity in the net dened benet pension asset/liability for changes in essential assumptions are presented below (minus equals decrease in net asset/increase in net liability). Change in fair value of plan assets, million EUR Change Increase in assumption Decrease in assumption Discount rate 0.50% 3.2 -3.4 Salary increase 0.50% - - Pension increase 0.25% -2.0 2.5 For the nancial year of 2021, the dened pension plan fees are expected to amount to EUR 0.3 million. Plan asset allocation 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Bonds 9.5 8.8 Equities 18.0 10.1 Hedge funds and alternatives 26.3 28.1 Insurance contracts 1.1 3.0 Real estate 0.1 - Cash 1.0 2.5 56.0 52.5 Analysis of expected undiscounted payments of dened benets 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Within 1 year 2.0 2.0 1–2 years 2.2 2.1 3–5 years 6.9 6.6 5 years or more 49.9 50.2 119119 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 27 Other provisions million EUR Restoration of environment Restructuring measures Health benets Sta benets Guarantee Total As of 1 January 2020 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.6 Reported in the income statement: – additional provisions 0.0 0.7 - - 0.1 0.8 – reversal of unutilised amount - -0.1 - - -0.1 -0.1 Exchange dierences - 0.0 - - - 0.0 Utilised durig the year - -0.3 0.0 0.0 -0.3 -0.6 As of 31 December 2020 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.7 million EUR Restoration of environment Restructuring measures Health benets Sta benets Guarantee Total As of 1 January 2021 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.7 Reported in the income statement: – additional provisions - 0.9 - - 0.1 1.0 – reversal of unutilised amount - - - - - - Exchange dierences - 0.0 - - - 0.0 Utilised durig the year - -0.7 -0.0 -0.1 -0.1 -0.9 As of 31 December 2021 0.1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.9 Utilised durig the year 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Long-term provision 0.1 0.1 Short-term provision 0.8 0.5 Total provision 0.9 0.7 Note 28 Accrued expenses and deferred income million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Accrued wage debt 4.6 1.9 Accrued social security fees 3.8 1.3 Accrued holiday pay including social security fees 11.6 10.3 Accrued customer bonuses 8.7 6.3 Accrued interest 0.7 0.8 Other items 10.9 5.9 Total 40.2 26.5 Note 29 Contingent liabilities million EUR 31 Dec 2020 31 Dec 2020 Guarantees to suppliers 18.6 11.0 Total 18.6 11.0 120120 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 30 Pledged assets million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Business mortgages 2.4 229.7 Pledged shares in subsidiaries - 259.9 Property mortgages 35.0 - Other pledged assets 26.7 - Total 64.0 489.6 In 2020 security for the revolving credit facility and the bond loans granted, further described in Note 25 Borrowings, was provided in the form of business mortgages, pledged shares in subsidiaries and material intra-group loans to subsidiaries. The business mortgages in the table above correspond to the nominal values of those mortgages. The value of shares in subsidiaries pledged correspond to the net assets of subsidiaries and sub-groups, as reported in the consolidated accounts, representing a worst-case scenario. Intra-group loans pledged are eliminated in the consolidation and consequently not included in the table. In 2021, the group was renanced and all securities regarding the revolving credit facility and the bond loans was released. Interest-bearing liabilities in acquired subsidiaries are normally settled and renanced internally after the acquisition. However, in a few specic cases liabilities to credit institutions in acquired companies, including overdraft facilities, have not been renanced post acquisition. The pleadged assets as of 31 December 2021 are securities for such liabilities. Note 31 Related parties Christian Bekken, CEO of BEWi ASA, is together with other members of the Bekken family a major shareholder of the company through Frøya Invest AS, KMC Family AS and BEWi Holding AS. The Bekken family is also involved in other business activities, such as property management, and is in that capacity owner of a number of production facilities in which BEWi ASA runs operations. Other related parties are the two 34 per cent owned associated companies; Hirsch France SAS and Hirsch Porozell GmbH, the 49 per cent owned associated company Jabalite Group Ltd and the 34 per cent owned associated company Inoplast s.r.o. Transactions with those companies are presented in the tables below. Information on remuneration of management and the board of directors is found in note 6. The number of shares in the company held by management and the board of directors as of 31 December 2021 is presented in the table below. Board of Directors Person Title Shares Options Shares held by related parties Gunnar Syvertsen Chairman 310878 - - Christina Schauman Director 193452 - - Stig Waernes Director - - - Anne-Lise Aukner Director - - - Rik Dobbeleare Director 98 497 - - Executive Management Person Title Shares Options Shares held by related parties Christian Bekken 1 Chief Executive Ocer 5952 250 000 - Marie Danielsson Chief Financial Ocer 180452 250 000 - Jonas Siljeskär Chief Operating Ocer 124126 250 000 - 1 Christian Bekken owns 5952 shares directly and is part of the Bekken family that holds 97642450 shares (including 6779661 shares under a forward contract) (directly or indirectly) through the family’s indirect ownership in BEWI Invest AS. 121121 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Transactions impacting the income statement million EUR 2021 2020 Sale of goods to: HIRSCH France SAS 18.8 5.1 HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 45.3 32.1 Jablite Group Ltd 7.9 4.6 Inoplast s.r.o. 2.9 - Bekken owned companies 0.1 - Total 74.9 41.8 Purchase of goods from: Inoplast s.r.o. 3.4 - Bekken owned companies 3.1 0.7 Total 6.5 0.7 Interest Income from: Hirsch France SAS 0.1 0.1 Jablite Group Ltd 0.1 - Total 0.2 0.1 Rental expenses to: Bekken owned companies 8.8 3.4 Total 8.8 3.4 In the second quarter of 2021, the nal purchase price for the BDH group, acquired in 2020 from a company owned by members of the Bekken family, was settled through a cash payment of EUR 2.7 million, which was EUR 0.4 million more than estimated on 31 December 2020. On 23 December 2021, the wholly owned subsidiary Biobe AS was sold to a company owned by members of Bekken family for a consideration of EUR 6.2 million, of which EUR 4.2 million was settled in cash and EUR 2.0 million in a short-term loan to the buyer. The loan carries a four per cent interest and shall be settled on 1 June 2022 at the latest. The transactions were conducted on normal market terms. Transactions impacting the balance sheet million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Non-current receivable Bekken owned companies 0.1 0.1 HIRSCH France SAS 2.3 2.3 Jablite Group Ltd 1.8 1.7 Total 4.2 4.1 Current receivables Bekken owned companies 4.1 1.5 HIRSCH Porozell GmbH 0.1 0.6 Inoplast s.r.o. 0.6 - Total 4.8 2.1 Current liabilities Bekken owned companies - 3.8 Inoplast s.r.o. 0.6 - Total 0.6 3.8 Interest terms for the lending to associated companies are presented in note 16 Shares in associates. 122122 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 32 Adjustments for non-cash items, etc. million EUR 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Depreciations, amortisations and write-downs 37.8 30.4 Change in provisions for pension liabilities -0.5 -0.3 Change in other provisions 0.2 0.1 Share of income from associates net of dividend received -4.5 -4.8 Eect of share-based incentive programme 0.7 - Capital gain from sale of assets and business -1.1 -6.3 Total 32.6 19.1 Note 33 Subsequent events Extraordinary general meeting February 2022 On 16 February 2022, BEWI held an extraordinary general meeting. At the meeting, the board was authorised to issue a total of 32 070 000 consideration shares to HAAS AS, the owner of 50 per cent of Jackon Holding AS, subject to completion of the transaction. In addition, Andreas M. Akselsen was elected new board member, replacing Stig Wærnes, subject to – and with eect of com- pletion of the Jackon transaction. The general meeting also approved the nomination committee’s proposal for changes in the composition of the nomination committee. Completion of tender oer for all shares in IZOBLOK With reference to the above information about the tender oer launched on 2 November 2021 for all outstanding shares of IZOBLOK, the tender oer expired on 28 January 2022, upon which 121 870 shares were acquired. Following the transaction, BEWI (indirectly) owns 64.28 per cent of the shares, corresponding to 73.21 per cent of the voting rights in IZOBLOK. Intention to acquire Baltic insulation company On 18 February 2022, BEWI announced that the company had entered a letter of intent to acquire 100 per cent of a Baltic insula- tion company. Total consideration was expected to be in line with BEWI’s historical M&As, i.e., with an EV/ EBITDA multiple in the range of 5 to 7, whereas 50 per cent will be settled in cash and 50 per cent through issuance of consideration shares in BEWI. The Baltic company operates facilities for manufacturing of insulation solutions and has recorded protable growth recent years, with net sales in the range of EUR 25 to 30 million and solid EBITDA margins in the range of 10 to 15 per cent. The rationale for the acquisition is to expand BEWI’s geographic footprint into the Baltics, an interesting region for sales growth, and for establishing a platform for circular activities. The acquisition is conditional upon a signed sale and purchase agreement, as well as customary conditions, and closing is expected in the second quarter of 2022. Acquisition of Scandinavian paper packaging company On 28 February 2022, BEWI announced that the company had entered a letter of intent to acquire 100 per cent of a leading Scandinavian paper packaging company. Furthermore, the company announced on 12 April 2022 that it has signed an agree- ment to acquire the Norwegian paper packaging company Trondhjems Eskefabrikk, a manufacturer of bre-based packaging products, such as carton boxes to the food industry. For 2021, Trondhjems Eskefabrikk had revenues of approximately EUR 13.5 million, up from EUR 11.7 million in 2020. The total consideration will be settled in cash upon closing and is in line with BEWIs historical M&As, with an EV/EBITDA multiple in the range of 5 to 7. The acquisition is conditional upon customary conditions, and closing is expected in the second quarter of 2022. Progress/ closing of Jackon transaction Reference is made to information above about BEWI’s oer to acquire all shares in Jackon Holding, including information about the authorisation from the extraordinary general meeting held 16 February 2022 to issue consideration shares to HAAS AS, the owner of 50 per cent of Jackon. On 21 February 2022, BEWI announced that a prospectus had been prepared for the purpose of listing of the consideration shares, and that the prospectus had been approved by the Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway (Finanstilsynet). The consideration shares will be issued to HAAS AS (pursuant to a board authorisation) in connection with closing of the transaction, which is still subject to fullment of outstanding closing conditions, including clearance from relevant competition authorities. 123123 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Income statement of the parent company million NOK Note 2021 2020 Operating income Net sales 3 4.0 0.5 Other operating income 0.7 - Total operating income 4.7 0.5 Operating expenses Other external costs 13 -39.5 -20.5 Personnel costs 4 -17.1 -11.2 Deprecation of tangible assets - 0.0 Total operating expenses -56.6 -31.7 Operating prot -51.9 -31.2 Financial income 5 115.5 35.0 Financial expense 5 -22.7 -0.5 Financial income and expense - net 92.8 34.5 Prot before taxes 40.8 3.3 Income tax 6 -7.6 0.0 Net prot for the year 33.3 3.3 124124 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Statement of nancial position of the parent company million NOK Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 ASSETS Non-current assets Tangible assets Equipment, tools, xtures and ttings 0.0 0.4 Total tangible assets 0.0 0.4 Financial assets Shares in subsidiaries 7 3091.2 2910.6 Other nancial assets 0.0 0.1 Receivables from group companies 11 1573.3 - Total nancial assets 4664.6 2910.7 Total non-current assets 4664.6 2911.1 Current assets Current receivables Receivables from group companies 11 160.4 35.5 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 22.5 - Total current receivables 182.8 35.5 Cash and cash equivalents 8 877.7 75.9 Total current assets 1060.5 111.4 TOTAL ASSETS 5725.1 3022.5 125125 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Statement of nancial position of the parent company million NOK Note 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Equity Restricted equity Share capital (156610 804 shares) 9,10 156.6 148.4 Total restricted equity 156.6 148.4 Non-restricted equity Additional paid-in capital 10 2969.5 2815.7 Prot or loss brought forward 10 0.0 - Net prot or loss for the year 10 33.3 3.3 Total non-restricted equity 3002.7 2819.0 Total equity 3159.3 2967.4 Non-current liabilities Deferred tax liability 7.5 - Non-current bond loan 2454.5 - Total non-current liabilities 2462.0 - Current liabilities Liabilities to group companies 11 71.8 38.1 Account payables 10.3 11.2 Other short-term liabilities 2.5 2.7 Accrued expenses and deferred income 19.2 3.1 Total current liabilities 103.8 55.1 TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 5725.1 3022.5 Trondheim, Norway, 26 April 2022 The board of directors and CEO BEWI ASA Gunnar Syvertsen Chair of the Board Anne-Lise Aukner Director Rik Dubbalaere Director Stig Wærnes Director Kristina Schauman Director Christian Bekken CEO 126126 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Cash ow statement for the parent company million NOK Note 2021 2020 Operating cash ow Income before nancial items -51.9 -31.3 Adjustments for non-cash items, etc 0.4 - Interest paid and nancing costs -16.2 -0.5 Interest received 19.3 - Dividend received 35.0 - Operating cash ow before changes to working capital -13.4 -31.7 Cash ow from working capital changes Increase/decrease in current receivables -1624.5 -0.6 Increase/decrease in operating debt 43.7 20.1 Total change to working capital -1580.8 19.5 Operating cash ow -1594.2 -12.2 Cash ow from investment activities Purchase of property plant and equipment - -0.4 Acquisitions of subsidiary -184.5 - Cash ow from investment activities -184.5 -0.4 million NOK Note 2021 2020 Cash ow from nancing activities Borrowings, net of transaction costs 2453.0 - New share issue, net of transaction costs 192.8 89.5 Share capital decrease - -1.0 Dividend -65.3 - Cash ow from nancing activities 2580.4 88.5 Cash ow for the period 801.8 75.9 Opening cash and cash equivalents 75.9 - Exchange dierence in cash - - Closing cash and cash equivalents 877.7 75.9 127127 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Parent company Accounting principles and notes to the accounts Note 01 General information The parent company is a public limited company registered in Norway, with head oce located in Trondheim, Norway, and address Postboks 3009, 7441 Trondheim. Note 02 Summary of key accounting principles for the parent company The key accounting principles used in this annual report are stated below. The principles have consistently been used for all reported nancial years, unless otherwise specied. The annual report for the parent company is prepared in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act and generally accepted accounting principles in Norway. The accounts are stated below, for which the parent company applies accounting principles diering from those of the group, as described in note 2 to the consolidated accounts. The annual report has been prepared in accordance with the cost value principle. The preparation of reports requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the parent company’s accounting principles. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas for which assumptions and estimates are signicant to the annual report, are stated in note 4 to the consolidated accounts. The parent company is through its activities exposed to several dierent nancial risks: market risk (currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The parent company’s comprehensive nancial risk manage- ment is focused on the unpredictability of the nancial markets and strives to minimise any adverse eect on the consolidated prots. For more information regarding nancial risks, see note 3 to the consolidated accounts. The parent company applies accounting principles diering from those of the group for the areas are stated below: Layout The income statement and statement of nancial position is compliant with the layout stipulated in the Norwegian Accounting Act. The statement of changes to equity observes the layout of the consolidated accounts, but must contain the columns stated in the Norwegian Accounting Act. Furthermore, dierences arise relating to designations, in comparison with the consolidated accounts, mainly concerning the nancial income/expense and equity. Shares in subsidiaries Shares in subsidiaries are reported at acquisition cost less any impairment. The acquisition cost includes any cost related to the acquisition and any additional purchase price. A calculation of the recoverable amount is undertaken, in the event of an indicator of impairment of the shares in a subsidiary. Should the recoverable amount be below the carrying amount, impairment is made. Impairments are reported in Prot from participations in group companies. Financial instruments Financial instruments are reported at acquisition cost. Financial assets acquired for short-term holding will in subsequent periods be reported at the lower of acquisition cost or market value. 128128 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 03 Net sales The parent company’s revenue derive solely from one business area and is mainly related to intra-group administrative services. Note 04 Employee remuneration etc. million NOK 2021 2020 Salary and other remuneration -11.9 -3.0 Social security expenses -4.5 -0.4 Pension costs - dened contribution plans -0.2 -0.0 Total remuneration to employees -16.7 -3.4 The company is obliged to have an occupational pension scheme in accordance with the Act on Mandatory Occupational Pensions. The company pension schemes satisfy the requirement of this Act. Salary and other remunerations and pension costs for directors of the board, CEO´s and other senior executives million NOK 2021 2020 Salary and other remuneration -2.4 -0.7 Bonus -0.6 -0.2 Pension costs 0.0 0.0 Total remuneration -3.0 -0.9 129129 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Average number of employees 2020 Average number of employees Whereof men Norway 4 2 2021 Average number of employees Whereof men Norway 6 3 In November 2020, BEWI ASA implemented a share-based incentive programme, entitling the participants to subscribe for shares in BEWI ASA during a three-year period. The purpose of the programme is to further align the interests of the company and its shareholders by providing incentives in the form of awards to employees to motivate them to contribute materially to the success and protability of the Company. The features of the programme are further described in note 23 to the group. The CEO of BEWI ASA was granted 250000 share options. Severence pay Subject to the CEO’s employment agreement, there is a notice period of 12 months if the agreement is terminated by the company and a notice period of 6 months if the agreement is terminated by the employee. The employee is entitled to receive unchanged salary and other fringe benets during the period of notice, however the salary is deductable to other income. Note 05 Financial income and expense million NOK 2021 2020 Interest income, group companies 25.8 0.0 Exchange gains - 0.0 Group contribution 89.7 35.0 Total nancial inome 115.5 35.0 Interest expense -21.0 0.0 Interest expense, group companies -0.5 -0.1 Exchange loss -1.2 0.0 Other nancial expense - -0.4 Total interest expense -22.7 -0.5 Total nancial income and expense - net 92.8 34.5 130130 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 06 Income tax on the profit for the year The income tax attributable to the income before taxes diers from the theoretical amount that would have arisen from the application of the tax rate in Norway for the income of the parent company as follows: million NOK 2021 2020 Income before taxes 40.8 3.3 Income tax calculated using the Norwegian tax rate (22%) -9.0 -0.7 Tax eects attributable to: Non-deductible costs -0.2 0.0 Deductible expenses not recognised in income statement 1.6 0.7 Total tax reported -7.6 0.0 Unutilised tax loss carry forwards for which no deferred tax assets has been reported amount to NOK 1.6 million (0.0). Note 07 Shares in subsidiaries and associates Subsidiaries million NOK 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 As of 1 January 2 910.6 0.0 Acquisition of subsidiaries 180.6 2 910.6 As of 31 December 3 091.2 2 910.6 BEWI ASA was incorporated on 29 July 2020. On 21 August 2020 all of the shares in BEWiSynbra AB were contributed to BEWI ASA against an issuance of a total of 143943671 shares in BEWI ASA to the shareholders of BEWiSynbra AB (a share exchange), simultaneously with a write-down of the existing share capital of BEWI ASA. This thereby established the same shareholder structure in BEWI ASA as in BEWiSynbra immediately before the reorganisation. Following the legal restructuring, BEWI ASA has become the new parent company of the group. The rationale for the reorganisation was to establish BEWI ASA as the new top holding company of BEWiSynbra ahead of the admission to trading on Euronext Growth (previously named Merkur Market) on 28 August 2020. On 18 December 2020, BEWI ASA was transferred to Oslo Børs. The non-cash contribution was booked at fair value in BEWi ASA according to Norwegian Generally Accepted Accounting principles. Name Reg. no. Reg. oce/ country No of shares Proportion of shares directly held by the parent (%) Carrying amount 31 Dec 2021 Carrying amount 31 Dec 2020 Directly owned BEWI Synbra Group AB 556972 -1128 Solna, Sweden 100 100% 2 910.6 2 910.6 BEWI Poland Spotka zoo 0000722895 Poland 100 100% 180.6 - 131131 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Subsidary Reg. no. Reg. oce / country Proportion of shares held by the parent (%) Indirectly owned BEWI Circular Belgium bvba BE 0465.783.904 Belgium 100 BEWI Circular Holding Belgium BE 00641.986.778 Belgium 100 BEWI Circular Trading Belgium bvba BE 0875.717.582 Belgium 100 Kemisol NV BE 0464.536.859 Belgium 100 N.V. Internationaal Vervoer Brants Vallet BE 0400.670.970 Belgium 100 N.V. Kem-Products NV BE 0448.483.062 Belgium 100 BEWI Cellpack A/S 25 85 91 54 Denmark 51 BEWI Circular Denmark A/S 41 40 69 84 Denmark 100 BEWI Denmark A/S 31867304 Denmark 100 BEWi Cabee Oy 2083942-9 Finland 100 BEWi Insulation Oy 0606536-6 Finland 100 BEWi M-plast Oy 0506033-6 Finland 100 BEWi RAW Oy 10974747-6 Finland 100 Izoblok GmbH HRB 508966 Germany 54.66 BEWI Iceland ehf. 620818-0890 Iceland 85 Besto Verpakkingsindustrie BV 5034571 Netherlands 100 BEWI RAW BV 20033648 Netherlands 100 De Wijs-van Loon B.V 15051893 Netherlands 75 Ertecee BV 6010160 Netherlands 100 Genevad Netherlands BV 70824312 Netherlands 100 IsoBouw Systems BV 17046081 Netherlands 100 Moramplastics BV 9036097 Netherlands 100 Poredo B:V 71961577 Netherlands 75 Stramit BV 17023362 Netherlands 100 Synbra BV 20080670 Netherlands 100 Synbra Holding BV 20095683 Netherlands 100 Synbra International BV 20095676 Netherlands 100 Synbra Propor BV 67056849 Netherlands 90 Synprodo BV 18115693 Netherlands 100 Subsidary Reg. no. Reg. oce / country Proportion of shares held by the parent (%) Synprodo Produktie BV 10012456 Netherlands 100 BEWI Building & Industry AS 912 038 084 Norway 100 BEWI Circular AS 922 724 369 Norway 100 BEWI EPS Norway AS 928 878 090 Norway 100 BEWI Foil AS 977 051 371 Norway 100 BEWI Foods AS 979 574 193 Norway 100 BEWi Insulation Norway AS 986795 693 Norway 100 BEWI Loop AS 995 813 068 Norway 100 BEWI Norplasta AS 989 953 133 Norway 100 BEWI Norway AS 995 172 895 Norway 100 BEWI Recycle AS 922 724 385 Norway 100 Desom AS 922 176 078 Norway 100 Embanor AS 988 928 178 Norway 100 BEWI Global AS 925 838 039 Norway 100 Izoblok S.A 00000388347 Poland 54.66 Plastimar SA 508413770 Portugal 100 BEWI Circular Portugal, LDA 515767832 Portugal 66 Plasexpandido SL B36900157 Spain 100 BEWi Automotive AB 559102-5332 Sweden 100 BEWi Circular Sweden AB 556628-9178 Sweden 100 BEWi Dorotea AB 556669-9434 Sweden 100 BEWi Insulation AB 556541-7788 Sweden 100 BEWi Packaging AB 556961-3309 Sweden 100 Genevad Holding AB 556707-1948 Sweden 100 BEWI Norplasta AB 556649-7821 Sweden 100 Synbra Holding UK Ltd 9502640 United Kingdom 100 Volker Gruppe Ltd NI627429 United Kingdom 51 132132 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Associates Name Reg. no. Reg. oce / country Proportion of shares held by the parent (%) Indirectly owned HIRSCH Porozell GmbH FN 117255i Germany 34 HIRSCH France SAS 92044 France 34 Jablite Group Ltd 124 6 41113 United Kingdom 49 Inoplast S.R.O 27877574 Czech Republic 34 BEWI EPS ehf 580121-1600 Iceland 49 Other shares and participations Name Reg. no. Reg. oce / country Proportion of shares held by the parent (%) Indirectly owned Polystyvert Inc. N/A Canada 3.71 Polystyrene Loop Cooperatief U.A. 68399812 Netherlands 13.8 Note 08 Cash and bank balances million NOK 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Restricted cash 0.6 0.6 Other cash and bank balances 877.1 75.3 Total 877.7 75.9 Note 09 Share capital For information regarding the share capital, see note 22 to the consolidated accounts. Note 10 Equity Restricted equity Non-restricted equity million NOK Share capital Additional paid-in capital Prot or loss brought forward Total Balance carried forward as of 31 December 2019 - - - - New share issue 148.4 2815.7 - 2964.1 Net prot or loss for the year 3.3 3.3 Balance carried forward as of 31 December 2020 148.4 2815.7 3.3 2967.4 New share issue 8.2 215.7 223.9 Dividend -62.0 -3.3 -65.3 Net prot or loss for the year 33.3 33.3 Balance carried forward as of 31 December 2021 156.6 2969.5 33.3 3159.3 133133 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Note 11 Receivables and liabilities million NOK 31 Dec 2021 31 Dec 2020 Balance sheet assets Financial assets measured at amortised cost Non-current receivables from group companies 1573.3 - Current receivables from group companies 160.4 35.5 Total 1733.7 35.5 Balance sheet liabilities Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost Bond loan 2454.5 - Non-current liabilities to group companies - - Current liabilities to group companies 71.8 38.1 Total 2526.3 38.1 The company has no liabilities with maturity over ve years. Bond loans Frame Amount outstanding Date of issuance Maturity/redemtion date EUR 250 million EUR 250 million 3 September 2021 3 September 2026 In 2021, the group was renanced. A new bond loan of EUR 160 million, under a frame of EUR 250 million, was issued on 3 September by BEWI ASA. On 15 November 2021, another EUR 90 million was issued under the EUR 250 million frame, thereby utilising the complete frame available. The EUR 250 million bond, which is unsecured and linked to a sustainability framework, matures on 3 September 2026, with a possibility for BEWI ASA to unilaterally decide on an early redemption after 3 March 2025 of 50 per cent of the bonds outstanding at that date. Net of nancing costs, BEWI received EUR 245.4 million in cash from the bond issued during the year. The bonds are recognised under the eective interest method at amortised cost after deductions for transaction costs. Interest terms, as well as nominal interest rates and average interest rates recognised during the quarter are presented in the table below. Bond loan Interest terms Nominal interest 2021 Average interest 2021 EUR 250 million Euribor 3 m + 3.15% 2.58-2.60% 3.09% Note 12 Related parties Christian Bekken, CEO of BEWI ASA, is together with other members of the Bekken family a major shareholder of the company through Frøya Invest AS, EBE Eiendom AS, BEWI Invest AS and Bekken Invest AS. More information on related party transactions are reported in note 31 to the consolidated accounts. Information on remuneration of management and the board of directors is found in note 6 top the consolidated accounts. Note 13 Remuneration to auditors million NOK 2021 2020 The audit assignment -1.0 -0.6 Audit activites other than the audit assignment -0.6 -1.2 Tax advice - -0.4 Other services -0.8 -1.5 Total remuneration to employees -1.8 -3.7 Other services and audit activites other than the audit assignment in 2021 mainly includes costs in relation to the Jackon trans- action and in 2020 IPO related costs. 134134 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 To the General Meeting of BEWI ASA Independent Auditor’s report Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements Opinion We have audited the nancial statements of BEWI ASA, which comprise: • The nancial statements of the parent company BEWI ASA (the Company), which comprise the statement of nancial position as at 31 December 2021, the income statement and cash ow statement for the year then ended, and notes to the nancial statements, including a summary of signicant accounting policies, and • The consolidated nancial statements of BEWI ASA and its subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the statement of nancial position as at 31 December 2021, the comprehensive income statement, statement of changes in equity and cash ow statement for the year then ended, and notes to the nancial statements, including a summary of signicant accounting policies. In our opinion: • the nancial statements comply with applicable statutory requirements, • the nancial statements give a true and fair view of the nancial position of the Company as at 31 December 2021, and its nancial performance and its cash ows for the year then ended in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act and accounting standards and practices generally accepted in Norway, and • the nancial statements give a true and fair view of the nancial position of the Group as at 31 December 2021, and its nancial performance and its cash ows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU. Our opinion is consistent with our additional report to the Audit Committee. Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company and the Group as required by laws and regulations and the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (IESBA Code), and we have fullled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sucient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. To the best of our knowledge and belief, no pro- hibited non-audit services referred to in the Audit Regulation (537/2014) Article 5.1 have been provided. We have been the auditor of the Company for two years from the election by the general meeting of the shareholders on 29 July 2020 for the accounting year 2020. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most signicance in our audit of the nancial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the nancial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Impairment testing of intangible assets with an indenite useful life involves similar complexity and risks as the previous year and have been considered a key audit matter also for 2021. As the Group acquired six companies this year, we also considered the resulting Accounting for business combinations as a key matter for this years audit. 135135 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Key Audit Matter How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter Impairment testing of intangible assets with an indenite useful life Goodwill and trademark are signicant assets in the Group’s balance sheet. The carrying amount of goodwill and trademark amount to respectively EUR 113.0 million and EUR 24.3 million as of December 31, 2021. No impairments have been recognized in 2021. The value of goodwill and trademark depends on future income. We focused on this area due to the signicance of the amount and because the valuation involves management judgement related to assumptions such as projected future income and costs and discount rate used. The Group’s principles and methods for accounting and valuation of goodwill and trademark are described in the annual report under Note 2.4 and note 12. We obtained an understanding of management’s process related to valuation of goodwill and trademark and tested whether relevant internal control activities had been implemented. We reviewed management’s documentation for impairment testing, and considered whether the valuation model applied by management contained the elements and methodology required by IFRS. We found the model to be reasonable and in accordance with the requirements. We also assessed the logical structure and tested mathematical accuracy of the model without nding material deviations. We examined how management identied cash-generating units and compared this to how BEWI follows up goodwill and trademark internally. Further we evaluated the reasonableness of the assumptions and made and management’s analysis related to changes in signicant parameters, which could lead to a need for impairment. We challenged management’s use of assumptions related to projected future income and costs by comparing these against historic results and approved budgets. We found that the assumptions were aligned with historic results and approved budgets. We also found the applied growth assumptions were reasonable. Additionally, we assessed man- agement’s forecasting abilities by comparing prior year budgets and forecasts to actual results, and found no material deviations. The discount rate used was compared to empirical data and expectations about the future return, relevant risk premium and gearing ratio. found that the used discount rate was reasonable. We also considered whether the information provided in note 2.4 and 12 to the annual report met the IFRS requirements. 136136 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Key Audit Matter How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter Accounting of business acquisitions The Group’s principles and methods for accounting and valuation of goodwill and trademark are described in the annual report under notes 2.2, 2.4 and note 14. During the past year, BEWI has made six business acquisitions, of which the acquisition of the Belgian company Kemisol NV and the listed Polish company IZOBLOK S.A. were the most signicant ones. For each business acquisition, management prepared a purchase price allocation (PPA) analysis in which the dier- ence between the net assets in the acquired company and the purchase price was allocated to identied assets from the acquired company. Trademarks, property plant and equipment were among the identied assets. The residual was allocated to goodwill. To determine the value of the identied intangible assets, management used judgement and performed We obtained and reviewed the PPAs and obtained an understanding of how management identied assets to which the purchase price was allocated, including management’s calculation of the related goodwill. We obtained and examined the acquisition agreements, evaluated the terms of the agreements and had extensive discussions with management. We tested the agreed cash considerations against bank receipts. To challenge management’s judgement, we examined the acquisition analyses with emphasis on methods and assumptions used for identifying and valuing intangible assets such as trademark. We traced the information in the PPAs to the acquired entities’ nancial statements. We tested the mathematical accuracy of the calculations and challenged management’s allocations based on our expectations from the underlying business drivers in the acquired entities. Based on our audit procedures we found the methods and assumptions to be reasonable. We also read the relevant notes 2.2, 2.4 and note 14 and found the information and explanations provided sucient. 137137 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Other Information The Board of Directors and the Managing Director (management) are responsible for the information in the Board of Directors’ report. The other information comprises information in the annual report, but does not include the nancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the nancial state- ments does not cover the information in the Board of Directors’ report. • In connection with our audit of the nancial statements, our responsibility is to read the Board of Directors’ report. The purpose is to consider if there is material inconsistency between the Board of Directors’ report and the nancial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or whether the Board of Directors’ report otherwise appears to be materially misstated. We are required to report if there is a material misstatement in the Board of Directors’ report. We have nothing to report in this regard. Based on our knowledge obtained in the audit, it is our opinion that the Board of Directors’ report • is consistent with the nancial statements and • contains the information required by applicable legal requirements. Our opinion on the Board of Director`s report applies correspondingly to the report on Corporate Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility. Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation of nancial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act and accounting standards and practices generally accepted in Norway, and for the preparation and true and fair view of the consolidated nancial state- ments of the Group in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of nancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the nancial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s and the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclos- ing, as applicable, matters related to going concern. The nancial statements of the Company use the going concern basis of accounting insofar as it is not likely that the enterprise will cease operations. The consolidated nancial statements of the Group use the going concern basis of accounting unless manage- ment either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the nancial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to inuence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these nancial statements. As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exer- cise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: • identify and assess the risks of material misstate- ment of the nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error. We design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sucient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. • obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circum- stances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the eectiveness of the Company’s or the Group’s internal control. • evaluate the appropriateness of accounting pol- icies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by man- agement. • conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting, and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast signicant doubt on the Company and the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the nancial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company and the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. • evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the nancial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the nancial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves a true and fair view. 138138 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 • obtain sucient appropriate audit evidence regarding the nancial information of the enti- ties or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated nancial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. We communicate with the Board of Directors regard- ing, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and signicant audit ndings, including any signicant deciencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide the Audit Committee with a state- ment that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. From the matters communicated with the Board of Directors, we determine those matters that were of most signicance in the audit of the nancial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benets of such communication. Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements Report on compliance with Regulation on European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) Opinion We have performed an assurance engagement to obtain reasonable assurance that the nancial statements with le name BEWI-31-12-2021-en.zip have been prepared in accordance with Section 5-5 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act (Verdipapirhandelloven) and the accompanying Regulation on European Single Electronic Format (ESEF). In our opinion, the nancial statements have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of ESEF. Management’s Responsibilities Management is responsible for preparing, tagging and publishing the nancial statements in the single electronic reporting format required in ESEF. This responsibility comprises an adequate process and the internal control procedures which management determines is necessary for the preparation, tagging and publication of the nancial statements. Auditor’s Responsibilities For a description of the auditor’s responsibilities when performing an assurance engagement of the ESEF reporting, see: https://revisorforeningen.no/ revisjonsberetninger Trondheim, 26 April 2022 PricewaterhouseCoopers AS Kjetil Smørdal State Authorised Public Accountant (This document is signed electronically) 139139 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Reconciliation alternative performance measures Alternative performance measures not dened by IFRS million EUR 2021 2020 Operating income (EBIT) 67.8 39.5 Amortisations 7.6 6.2 EBITA 75.4 45.8 Items aecting comparability 3.4 -5.0 Adjusted EBITA 78.8 40.8 EBITA 75.4 45.8 Depreciations 30.1 24.2 EBITDA 105.5 70.0 Items aecting comparability 3.4 -5.0 Adjusted EBITDA 109.0 65.0 Adjusted EBITA Rolling 12 months 78.8 40.8 Average capital employed 409.6 322.0 Return on average capital employed (ROCE) 19.2% 12.6% Items aecting comparability million EUR 2021 2020 IPO related costs 0.0 -2.1 Severance and integration costs -0.1 -0.5 Restructuring costs -0.2 -0.4 Transaction costs -4.4 -1.2 Additional purchase price - 0.0 Capital gains from sale of xed assets 0.2 6.3 Capital loss from sale of xed assets -0.2 - Capital gain from sale of subsidiary 1.0 - IT restructuring - -0.4 Closure of production facility -0.6 - Recognition of negative goodwill in associate 0.9 3.5 Other - -0.2 Total -3.4 5.0 140140 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Revenue bridge: Change in net sales from corresponding periods in 2020 million EUR RAW % Insulation % P&C % Circular % Unallocated % Intra-group revenue Total net sales % 2020 191.2 146.6 179.9 6.3 0.0 -61.5 462.6 Acquisitions - - 17.8 12.2% 67.9 37.7% 3.1 49.6% - - -0.1 88.8 19.2% Divestments - - -0.5 -0.4% - - - - - - - -0.5 -0.1% Currency - - 1.8 1.2% 6.1 3.4% 0.2 3.6% 0.0 N/A -0.2 7.9 1.7% Organic growth 156.7 82.0% 29.8 20.3% 41.7 23.2% 14.3 226.5% 0.1 N/A -53.1 189.5 41.0% Total increase/ decrease 156.7 82.0% 48.9 33.3% 115.6 64.3% 17.7 279.7% 0.1 N/A -53.3 285.7 61.8% 2021 347.9 195.4 295.6 24.0 0.1 -114.9 748.2 EBITDA bridge: Change in adjusted EBITDA from corresponding periods in 2020 million EUR RAW % Insulation % P&C % Circular % Unallocated % Total adjusted EBITDA % 2020 9.4 26.5 34.1 -1.2 -3.9 65.0 Acquisitions - - 2.4 9.2% 5.5 16.0% 0.1 10.5% 0.0 -1.2% 8.0 12.3% Divestments - - -0.1 -0.3% - - - - - - -0.1 -0.1% Currency - - -0.2 -0.7% 0.9 2.7% 0.0 -1.9% -0.3 -8.7% 0.4 0.7% Organic growth 44.7 474.8% -7.1 -26.8% -0.2 -0.7% 1.7 139.6% -3.3 -85.7% 35.7 55.0% Total increase/ decrease 44.7 474.8% -4.9 -18.5% 6.1 18.0% 1.8 148.2% -3.7 -95.6% 44.0 67.8% 2021 54.1 21.6 40.3 0.6 -7.6 109.0 141141 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Denitions of alternative performance measures not dened by IFRS Organic growth Organic growth is dened as growth in net sales for the reporting period compared to the same period last year, excluding the impact of currency and acquisitions. It is a key ratio as it shows the underlying sales growth. EBITDA Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation. EBITDA is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding the generation of prot before investments in xed assets. EBITDA margin EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. The EBITDA margin is a key performance indicator that the Group considers relevant for understanding the protability of the business and for making comparisons with other companies. EBITA Earnings before interest, tax, and amortisations. EBITA is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant, as it facilitates comparisons of protability over time independent of corporate tax rates and nancing structures but including depreciations of xed assets used in production to generate the prots of the group. EBITA margin EBITA as a percentage of sales. The EBITA margin is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding the protability of the business and for making comparisons with other companies. EBIT Earnings before interest and tax. EBIT is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant, as it facilitates comparisons of protability over time independent of corporate tax rates and nancing structures. Depreciations are included, however, which is a measure of resource consumption necessary for generating the result. Items aecting comparability Items aecting comparability include costs related to the planned IPO, transaction costs related to acquired entities, including the release of negative goodwill from acquisitions, severance costs and other normalisations such as divestment of real estate, closing of facilities, unscheduled raw material production stops and other. Adjusted (adj.) EBITDA Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation (i.e., items aecting com- parability and deviations are added back). Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding earnings adjusted for items that aect comparability. Adjusted (adj.) EBITDA margin EBITDA before items aecting comparability as a percentage of net sales. The adjusted EBITDA margin is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding the protability of the business and for making comparisons with other companies. Adjusted (adj.) EBITA Normalised earnings before interest, tax and amortisations (i.e., items aecting comparability and deviations are added back). EBITA is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant, as it facilitates comparisons of protability over time independent of corporate tax rates and nancing structures but including depreciations of xed assets used in production to generate the prots of the group. Adjusted (adj.) EBITA margin EBITA before items aecting comparability as a percentage of sales. The EBITA margin is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for understanding the protability of the business and for making comparisons with other companies. ROCE Return on average capital employed. ROCE is a key performance indicator that the group considers relevant for measuring how well the group is generating prots from its capital in use. ROCE is calculated as rolling 12 months adjusted EBITA as a percentage of average capital employed during the same period. Capital employed is dened as total equity plus net debt, and the average is calculated with each quarter during the measurement period as a measuring point. Net debt Interest-bearing liabilities excluding obligations relating to employee benets, minus cash and cash equivalents. Net debt is a key performance indicator that is relevant both for the group’s calculation of covenants based on this indicator and because it indicates the group’s nancing needs. 142142 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 143143 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 1 GRI index Statement of use BEWI ASA has reported the information cited in this GRI content index for the period 01.2021-31.12.2021 with reference to the GRI Standards. GRI 1 used GRI 1: Foundation 2021 GRI standard Disclosure Page GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021 2-1 Organizational details p. 5, 46, 51, 62, 70 2-2 Entities included in the organization’s sustainability reporting p. 20, 81 2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point p. 20 2-4 Restatements of information There has been no restatement of information in the reporting period. 2-5 External assurance p. 58, 135-142 2-6 Activities, value chain and other business relationships p. 4, 12-18, 53 2-7 Employees p. 4, 42-43, 150 2-8 Workers who are not employees p. 151 2-9 Governance structure and composition p. 24, 44-45, 51-55 2-10 Nomination and selection of the highest governance body p. 52, 54-55 2-11 Chair of the highest governance body p. 44 2-12 Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts p. 24 2-13 Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts p. 24 2-14 Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting p. 24 2-15 Conicts of interest p. 56 2-16 Communication of critical concerns p. 24, 43, 50, 53 2-19 Remuneration policies p. 24, 56-60, 95-96, 129 2-20 Process to determine remuneration p. 52, 55-57 2-21 Annual total compensation ratio p. 151 144144 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 GRI standard Disclosure Page GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021 2-22 Statement on sustainable development strategy p. 9 -11 2-23 Policy commitments p. 24, 43 2-24 Embedding policy commitments p. 24, 43 2-26 Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns p. 24, 43, 50 2-27 Compliance with laws and regulations p. 24 2-28 Membership associations p. 19 2-29 Approach to stakeholder engagement p. 25, 148-149 2-30 Collective bargaining agreements p. 151 GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-1 Process to determine material topics p. 25, 148-149 3-2 List of material topics p. 25 Corruption GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics p. 24, 36-37 GRI 205: Anti-corruption 2016 205-1 Operations assessed for risks related to corruption p. 36-37 205-2 Communication and training about anti-corruption policies and procedures p. 24, 50 205-3 Conrmed incidents of corruption and actions taken p. 24 145145 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 GRI standard Disclosure Page Circular economy GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics p. 21, 26-30 GRI 301: Materials 2016 301-1 Materials used by weight or volume p. 28-29 301-2 Recycled input materials used p. 28-29 301-3 Reclaimed products and their packaging materials p. 28-29 GRI 306: Waste 2020 306-1 Waste generation and signicant waste-related impacts p. 29 306-2 Management of signicant waste-related impacts p. 29-30 306-3 Waste generated p. 29, 152 306-4 Waste diverted from disposal p. 29, 152 306-5 Waste directed to disposal p. 29, 152 Climate change GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics p. 31-36 GRI 305: Emissions 2016 305-1 Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions p. 32-33 153-154 305-2 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions p. 32-33, 153-154 305-3 Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions p. 32-34, 153-154 305-4 GHG emissions intensity p. 33-34, 154 Additional - Climate risk TCFD p. 32, 49 146146 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 GRI standard Disclosure Page Supply chain management GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics p. 23-24, 36-38 GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016 308-1 New suppliers that were screened using environmental criteria p. 37 308-2 Negative environmental impacts in the supply chain and actions taken p. 37 GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016 414-1 New suppliers that were screened using social criteria p. 37 414-2 Negative social impacts in the supply chain and actions taken p. 37 Health and safety GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics p. 39 - 41 GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018 403-1 Occupational health and safety management system p. 39 403-2 Hazard identication, risk assessment, and incident investigation p. 39, 49 403-3 Occupational health services p. 39 403-4 Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational health and safety p. 39 403-5 Worker training on occupational health and safety p. 39 403-7 Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly linked by business relationships p. 39, 41 403-8 Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system p. 39 403-9 Work-related injuries p. 40 147147 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 2 Stakeholder engagement and materiality assessment A materiality assessment helps BEWI to identify and prioritise sustainability issues that present the greatest risk and opportunities for BEWI. The materiality assessment has been prepared with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards (2016) and have been adjusted to align with the updated GRI Materiality Standard (GRI3, 2021). Identify material topics To identify material topics BEWI have reviewed relevant documents and interviews and discussions has been held with key stakeholders. Interviews and discussions were held with: Investors, suppliers, customers, employees, non-governmental organisations, research institutes and industry associations. The table below gives an overview of BEWIs engagement with the various stakeholders. Stakeholder groups The value BEWI create Dialogue/methodology Authorities Facilitate the development and implementation of fair and enforced industry regulations Literature review of policy documents Investors and creditors Grow revenue and increase protability Questionnaire and dialogue in meetings Reduce risk of investment Improve return on investment Increased share of green investment Suppliers Promote sustainable solutions and secure minimum social safeguards BEWI partner Review of sustainability strategy and reports Meetings - dialogue Stakeholder groups The value BEWI create Dialogue/methodology Employees Enable a sense of purpose Assignment BEWI Business School Support employees to grow Questionnaire to employees Safe working environment Workshop in sustainability and management group Customers and consumers Provide sustainable products and solutions Review of ESG questionnaires Meetings - dialogue Review of sustainability strategy and reports Local communities Enable local economic prosperity Information meetings Oer local employment Do no harm NGOs Promote dialogue and continuous improvement Literature reviews Meetings - dialogue Media Open and transparent communication to raise awareness and increase knowledge about the company, its industry and the value created for society Press releases Interviews/ presentations Universities and research institutes Contribute to improved knowledge and innovation Meetings - dialogue Industry association and Public Private coalitions Share Best practice Participation in meetings Facilitate development and implementation of industry standards Document reviews 148148 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Identied topics important to BEWI and our stakeholders BEWI have identied a selection of environmental, social, and governance topics that is considered important for BEWI and their stakeholders. The following topics were identied by stakeholders and assessed as part of the materiality assessment: Environment Greenhouse gas emissions Monitoring and reducing GHG emissions from operations Climate change Strategy to assess and manage climate risks e.g., a changing physical climate and the transition to a low-carbon economy Solid waste management Ensure eective procedures for solid waste management. Seek to reduce waste generation and increase the share of solid waste going to material recycling Resource eciency Increase resource eciency through design, reuse, and recycling Reducing chemicals/ substitutes Reduce the use of hazardous materials and chemicals in production and ensure management in line with national regulations Energy eciency Work to improve energy eciency in all operation 0 emissions to air, water, and soil Ensure eective procedures and management to minimize the risk of accidental emissions to air, water, and soil Social Ensure employee health and safety Ensuring a safe and secure workplace Training and development Enable employees to grow and develop Local jobs and value creation Take responsibility in local communities High labour standards Ensure employees’ rights to organize, form and join labour unions and bargain collectively Diversity and inclusivity Providing equal treatment and opportunities for all employees Human rights Ensure alignment with the OCED Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, UN Guiding Principles on Business and human rights, and ILOs declaration on Fundamental Rights and principles at Work Governance Corruption Programmes in place to develop and adapt adequate internal controls, ethics, and compliance programs e.g., risk assessments, training, and monitoring Business ethics Ethical business practice and ethics management Data privacy and security Maintain privacy and security of data held Corporate governance framework Best practice compliance controls Responsible sourcing and supply chain Ensuring that procurement of goods and services meet social and environmental criteria’s From the list of relevant topics, 5 topics were identied as material to BEWI. • Circular economy • Climate change • Supply chain managment • Health and safety at production facilities • Corruption 149149 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 3 Employees BEWI Group (GRI -) Disclosure title Disclosure description Measure Comment Total Employees Total number of employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees FTE 1 806 Whereof Male 1 296 Whereof Female 510 Employees Total number of permanent employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees 1 659 Whereof Male 1 180 Whereof Female 479 Employees Total number of temporary employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees 141 Whereof Male 100 Whereof Female 42 Employees Total number of non-guaranteed hours employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees 165 Whereof Male 125 Whereof Female 40 Employees Total number of full-time employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees 1 585 Whereof Male 1 152 Whereof Female 433 Employees Total number of part-time employees (heads) Absolute number Total employees 74 Whereof Male 28 Whereof Female 46 150150 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Disclosure title Disclosure description Measure Comment Total Workers who are not employees Total number of workers who are not employees and whose work is controlled by the organisation (heads). Absolute number Total contractors and agancy workers, i.e. not on our own payroll. 224 Annual total compensation ratio Report the ratio of the annual total compensation for the organization’s highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for all employees. Percentage (%) Highest compensation divided by median compensation. 1 789% Collective bargaining agreements Report the percentage of total employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Percentage (%) Total employee percentage covered by collective bargain agreements: 70% Collective bargaining agreements For employees not covered by collective bargaining agreements, report whether the organization determines their working conditions and terms of employment based on collective bargaining agreements that cover its other employees or based on collective bargaining agreements from other organizations. Percentage (%) Based on collective bargain agreements of other employees: 83% Based on collective bargain agreements of other organizations: 17% 1 All employees include both full-time and part-time employees. 151151 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 4 Waste generated in tonnes Indicator Target % 2021 Hazardous waste 1 116 Diverted from disposal 1 80% 85 98 Directed to disposal 2 20% 15 18 Non-hazardous waste 99 9 227 Diverted from disposal 1 80% 37 3 440 Directed to disposal 2 20% 63 5 787 Total waste 100 9 343 Diverted from disposal 1 80% 38 3 538 Directed to disposal 2 20% 62 5 805 1 Reuse, recycling, composting and recovery 2 Energy recovery, inclineration and landll Accounting policies The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standard 306 disclosures 306-3, 306-4 and 306-5 have been used as guideance in developing the indicators. Waste is reported on the basis of invoices recived from waste recipients. 152152 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 5 Greenhouse gas emissions - scope and Indicator Unit 2020 2021 % of emissions % Change from last year Direct GHG emissions (scope 1) Total scope 1 GHG emissions Thousand tCO 2 e 27 31 4.7 13.3 Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2) Location based Thousand tCO 2 e 39 46 6.9 17.3 Market-based Thousand tCO 2 e 15 17 2.6 13.0 Total market-based scope 1 and 2 Thousand tCO 2 e 42 48 7.3 13.2 Total location-based scope 1 and 2 Thousand tCO 2 e 66 76 11.6 15.6 Accounting policies and methodology The reporting is based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. Data is collected internally and reported through Asplan Viak AS GHG reporting system Klimakost. Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions Direct emissions are consumption of natural gas to produce steam and fuel from BEWI’s vessels. Calculations are based on consumption with location specic production mix as a physical emission factor. Direct emissions from purchased services are reported in scope 3. Scope 2: Indirect GHG emission from purchased electricity and heat not generated by BEWI Purchased electricity are GHG emission from the generation of power, heat and steam purchased and consumed by BEWI. To calculate indirect emissions, a physical perspective (location-based) and a market-based perspective is used. For location-based emissions, calculations are based on electricity volumes purchased and multiplied with emission factors based on actual emissions related to electricity production within a geographical area, for the pre- vious year. For electricity purchased from non-fossil electricity sources such as biooil and wood chips, LCA intensities are used. To calculate market-based emissions the calculation of the emission factor is based on purchased electric- ity sources from guarantees of origin where emissions factors are taken into account. For market-based emission it is assumed that the regular power is delivered as residual power where the green part has been taken out. 153153 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 6 Greenhouse gas emissions - scope Indicator Unit 2020 2021 % of emissions % Change from last year Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3) Thousand tCO 2 e 596 613 92.7 2.8 C1: Purchased goods and services Thousand tCO 2 e 596 583 88.2 -2.2 C4: Upstream transportation and distribution Thousand tCO 2 e - 17 2.5 - C5: Waste generated in operations Thousand tCO 2 e - 5 0.7 - C6: Business travel Thousand tCO 2 e 0.04 0.10 0.0 162.2 C9: Downstream transportation Thousand tCO 2 e - 9 1.3 - Scope 3: Indirect GHG emissions from the purchase of goods and services In 2021, BEWI have extended the scope of reporting in scope 3. In 2021, reporting in scope 3 includes GHG emis- sions from: C1: Purchased goods and services, C4: Upstream transportation and distribution, C5: Waste generated in operations, C6: Business travel and C9: Downstream transportation and distribution. Most of the reported scope 3 emissions are purchased raw materials and are calculated using life cycle-based emissions factors. Emissions from waste generation are calculated using life cycle-based emissions factors for the respective waste treatment and are country specic. Business travel is calculated based on number of domestic, European, and intercontinental ights where an average intensity has been used. For upstream and downstream transportation, emissions are calculated using an environmentally extended input-output method, attributing GHG emission to spend data. Since BEWI has an integrated value chain where BEWI RAW produces raw materials that are sold internally to the company’s downstream production facilities, emissions related to the purchase and production of EPS have been chosen to be added to BEWI RAW to avoid double reporting. Appendix 7 Greenhouse gas (GHG) intensity Indicator Unit 2020 2021 % Change from last year Full time equivalent (scope 1 and 2) Thousand tCO 2 e 0.31 0.10 -66.7 Full time equivalent (scope 1, 2 and 3) Thousand tCO 2 e 0.47 0.40 -14.6 Turnover (scope 1, and 2) Thousand tCO 2 e 0.92 0.64 -30.0 Turnover (scope 3) Thousand tCO 2 e 1.29 0.82 -36.4 Turnover (scope 1, 2 and 3) Thousand tCO 2 e 1.38 0.88 -36.0 Full time equivalent Quantity 1 371 1 662 Turnover (MEUR) MEUR 463 748 GHG intensity - scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG intensity (scope 1, 2, and 3) is calculated as total scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and scope 3 emissions divided by total revenue and Full Time Equivalent (FTE). 154154 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 Appendix 8 Taxonomy eligible activities Segment Total net sales Taxonomy eligible activities Eligible % eligible RAW 243 3.5 Manufacture of energy eciency equipment for buildings 142 58 Insulation 193 3.5 Manufacture of energy eciency equipment for buildings 161 83 Packaging and Component 289 3.5 Manufacture of energy eciency equipment for buildings 38 13 Circular 23 5.5 Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions 23 100 Total net sales MEUR 748 364 49 Towards taxonomy alignment The Taxonomy Regulation sets out a three-step approach towards taxonomy alignment of economic activities: 1. Substantially contribute to one or more of the six environmental objectives. 2. Do no signicant harm to the other ve environmental objectives. 3. Comply with the minimum safeguards covering social and governance standards. The mapping is based on the two environmental objectives where the screening criteria have been available: Climate Change Mitigation and Climate Change Adaption. Taxonomy- eligible activities identied are: 3.5 Manufacture of energy eciency equipment for buildings and 5.5 collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions. To ensure that the activities are aligned with Do no signicant harm and Minimum Safeguard criterias, BEWI have conducted an assessment and identied actions that will be implemented in 2022 to document that the company are aligned with the requirements set. 155155 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 2021 Artbox Report Template All rights reserved © Artbox AS 2021 artbox.no BEWI ASA www.bewi.com 156156
Building tools?
Free accounts include 100 API calls/year for testing.
Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.